Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Publishing / John Wiley & Sons Inc.

John Wiley & Sons Inc.

jw-a · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker jw-a
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Publishing
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, DC  20549 

FORM 10-K 

[x] 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF 

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended:  April 30, 2014 

OR 

[  ] 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (FEE REQUIRED) 

For the transition period from to 
Commission file number     001-11507 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. 
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

NEW YORK 
State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or 
organization 

111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 
Address of principal executive offices 

13-5593032 
I.R.S. Employer Identification No. 

07030 
Zip Code 

(201) 748-6000 

Registrant’s telephone number 
including area code 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 
12(b) of the Act: Title of each class 
Class A Common Stock, par value $1.00 per 
share 
Class B Common Stock, par value $1.00 per 
share 

Name of each exchange on which 
registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to 
Section 12(g) of the Act: 
None 

- 1 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the 
Securities Act. 

Yes |X|     No |    | 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of 
the Exchange Act. 

Yes |   |     No |X | 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) 
of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the 
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days. 

Yes |X|     No |    | 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, 
if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T 
(§232.405  of  this  chapter)  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was 
required to submit and post such files). 

Yes |X|     No |    | 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this 
chapter)  is  not  contained  herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive 
proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this 
Form 10-K. |   |  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated 
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” ”accelerated filer” and “smaller 
reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer   |X|       Accelerated filer   |   |       Non-accelerated filer   |   |      Smaller reporting 
company   |   | 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 
Act).  

Yes |    |      No |X| 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to 
the closing price as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, 
October 31, 2013, was approximately $2,318.2 million.  The registrant has no non-voting common stock. 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Class A and Class B Common Stock as of May 31, 2014 
was 49,611,867 and 9,485,561 respectively. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions  of  the  registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statement  for  use  in  connection  with  its  annual  meeting  of 
stockholders  scheduled  to  be  held  on  September  18,  2014,  are  incorporated  by  reference  into  Part  III  of  this 
Form 10-K.   

- 2 - 

 
 
JOHN WILEY AND SONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
FORM 10-K 
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 2014 
INDEX 

PART I 
ITEM 1. 
ITEM 1A. 
ITEM 1B. 
ITEM 2. 
ITEM 3. 
ITEM 4 

Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Mine Safety Disclosures – Not Applicable  

PART II 
ITEM 5.              Market for the Company’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

ITEM 6. 
ITEM 7. 

Purchases of Equity Securities   
Selected Financial Data 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations 

ITEM 7A.            Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
ITEM 8.              Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
ITEM 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial 
Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

ITEM 9A. 
ITEM 9B. 

PART III 
ITEM 10. 
ITEM 11. 
ITEM 12.            Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 

Stockholder Matters       
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services   

PAGE 
4
4-10
10
11
11

12
13

14-59
59-61
62-100

101
101
101

101-104
104

105
105 
105

ITEM 13. 
ITEM 14. 

PART IV 
ITEM 15. 

SIGNATURES 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K 

106-115 

- 3 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

Item 1.  Business 

The Company, founded in 1807, was incorporated in the state of New York on January 15, 1904. As 
used  herein  the  term  “Company”  means  John Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.,  and  its  subsidiaries  and  affiliated 
companies, unless the context indicates otherwise. 

The  Company  is  a  global  provider  of  knowledge  and  knowledge-enabled  services  that  improve 
outcomes in areas of research, professional practice and education. Through the Research segment, 
the Company provides digital and print scientific, technical, medical and scholarly journals, reference 
works,  books,  database  services  and  advertising.  The  Professional  Development  segment  provides 
digital  and  print  books,  online  assessment  and  training  services,  and  test  prep  and  certification.  In 
Education,  the  Company  provides  print  and  digital  content,  and  education  solutions  including  online 
program  management  services  for  higher  education  institutions  and  course  management  tools  for 
instructors  and  students.  The  Company  takes  full  advantage  of  its  content  from  all  three  core 
businesses in developing and cross-marketing products to its diverse customer base of researchers, 
professionals,  students,  and  educators.  The  use  of  technology  enables  the  Company  to  make  its 
content efficiently more accessible to its customers around the world. The Company’s operations are 
primarily located in the United States, Canada, Europe, Asia, and Australia. 

Further  description  of  the  Company’s  business  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  in  the 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of this 10-K. 

Employees 

As of April 30, 2014, the Company employed approximately 5,100 persons on a full-time equivalent 
basis  worldwide.  Company  employees  include  approximately  150  new  employees  during  fiscal  year 
2014 due to acquisitions. 

Financial Information About Business Segments 

The note entitled “Segment Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and pages 
14  through  53  of  the  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  section  of  this  Form  10-K  are 
incorporated herein by reference. 

Financial Information About Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales 

The note entitled “Segment Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and pages 
24 and 25 of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of this Form 10-K are incorporated 
herein by reference. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this Form 10-K, including the following 
risk factors, before deciding to invest in any of the Company’s securities. The risks below are not the 
only  ones  the  Company  faces.  Additional  risks  not  currently  known  to  the  Company  or  that  the 
Company  presently  deems  immaterial  may  also  impair  its  business  operations.  The  Company’s 
business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially adversely affected 
by any of these risks.  

- 4 - 

 
 
 
 
Cautionary Statement Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995: 

This  Form  10-K  and  our  Annual  Report  to  Shareholders  for  the  year  ending  April  30,  2014  contain 
certain forward-looking statements concerning the Company’s operations, performance and financial 
condition. In addition, the Company provides forward-looking statements in other materials released 
to  the  public  as  well  as  oral  forward-looking  information.  Statements  which  contain  the  words 
anticipate, expect, believes, estimate, project, forecast, plan, outlook, intend and similar expressions 
constitute  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risk  and  uncertainties.  Reliance  should  not  be 
placed  on  forward-looking  statements,  as  actual  results  may  differ  materially  from  those  in  any 
forward-looking statements. 

Any  such  forward-looking  statements  are  based  upon  a  number  of  assumptions  and  estimates  that 
are inherently subject to uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the 
Company, and are subject to change based on many important factors. Such factors include, but are 
not limited to (i) the level of investment in new technologies and products; (ii) subscriber renewal rates 
for the Company’s journals; (iii) the financial stability and liquidity of journal subscription agents; (iv) 
the  consolidation  of  book  wholesalers  and  retail  accounts;  (v)  the  market  position  and  financial 
stability of key retailers; (vi) the seasonal nature of the Company’s education business and the impact 
of the used-book market; (vii) worldwide economic and political conditions; (viii) the Company’s ability 
to  protect  its  copyrights  and  other  intellectual  property  worldwide;  (ix)  the  ability  of  the  Company  to 
successfully  integrate  acquired  operations  and  realize  expected  opportunities  and  (x)  other  factors 
detailed  from  time  to  time  in  the  Company’s  filings  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission. 
The  Company  undertakes  no  obligation  to  update  or  revise  any  such  forward-looking  statements  to 
reflect subsequent events or circumstances. 

Operating and Administrative Costs and Expenses 

In general, any significant increase in the costs of goods and services provided to the Company may 
adversely affect the Company’s costs of operation. The Company has a significant investment in its 
employee  base around  the  world.  The Company  offers competitive  salaries and  benefits  in  order  to 
attract  and  retain  the  highly  skilled  workforce  needed  to  sustain  and  develop  new  products  and 
services  required  for  growth.    Employment  and  benefit  costs  are  affected  by  competitive  market 
conditions  for  qualified  individuals,  and  factors  such  as  healthcare,  pension  and  retirement  benefit 
costs.  The  Company  is  a  large  paper  purchaser,  and  paper  prices  may  fluctuate  significantly  from 
time-to-time.  To  reduce  the  impact  of  paper  price  increases,  the  Company  relies  upon  multiple 
suppliers. The Company from time-to-time may hedge the exposure to fluctuations in price by entering 
into  multi-year  supply  contracts.  As  of  April  30,  2014,  the  Company’s  consolidated  paper  inventory 
was approximately $5.5 million and there were no outstanding multi-year supply contracts.  

Protection of Intellectual Property Rights 

Substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  publications  are  protected  by  copyright,  held  either  in  the 
Company’s name, in the name of the author of the work, or in the name of a sponsoring professional 
society. Such copyrights protect the Company’s exclusive right to publish the work in many countries 
abroad for specified periods, in most cases the author’s life plus 70 years, but in any event a minimum 
of  50  years  for  works  published  after  1978.  The  ability  of  the  Company  to  continue  to  achieve  its 
expected results depends, in part, upon the Company’s ability to protect its intellectual property rights. 
The Company’s results may be adversely affected by lack of legal and/or technological protections for 
its intellectual property in some jurisdictions and markets. 

- 5 - 

 
Maintaining the Company’s Reputation 

The Company’s Professional customers worldwide rely upon many of the Company’s publications to 
perform their jobs. It is imperative that the Company consistently demonstrates its ability to maintain 
the integrity of the information included in its publications. Adverse publicity, whether or not valid, may 
reduce demand for the Company’s publications. 

Trade Concentration and Credit Risk 

In  the  journal  publishing  business,  subscriptions  are  primarily  sourced  through  journal  subscription 
agents  who,  acting  as  agents  for  library  customers,  facilitate  ordering  by  consolidating  the 
subscription orders/billings of each subscriber with various publishers. Cash is generally collected in 
advance  from  subscribers  by  the  subscription  agents  and  is  principally  remitted  to  the  Company 
between  the  months  of  December  and  April.  Although  at  fiscal  year-end  the  Company  had  minimal 
credit risk exposure to these agents, future calendar-year subscription receipts from these agents are 
highly  dependent  on  their  financial  condition  and  liquidity.  Subscription  agents  account  for 
approximately  24%  of  total  annual  consolidated  revenue  and  no  one  agent  accounts  for  more  than 
10% of total annual consolidated revenue.  

The  Company’s  book  business  is  not  dependent  upon  a  single  customer;  however,  the  industry  is 
concentrated  in  national,  regional,  and  online  bookstore  chains.  Although  no  one  book  customer 
accounts for more than 9% of total annual consolidated revenue and 13% of accounts receivable at 
April 30, 2014, the top 10 book customers account for approximately 19% of total annual consolidated 
revenue and approximately 37% of accounts receivable at April 30, 2014.   

Changes in Laws and Regulations That Could Adversely Affect the Company’s Business 

The  Company  maintains  operations  in  Asia,  Australia,  Canada,  Europe  and  the  United  States.  The 
conduct  of  our  business,  including  the  sourcing  of  content,  distribution,  sales,  marketing  and 
advertising is subject to various laws and regulations administered by governments around the world. 
Changes  in  laws,  regulations  or  government  policies,  including  tax  regulations  and  accounting 
standards, may adversely affect the Company’s future financial results. 

In  March  2013,  the  U.S.  Supreme  Court,  reversing  decisions  by  the  District  Court  for  the  Southern 
District of New York and Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, held that the “first sale” doctrine of 
United  States  Copyright  Law  applied  to  copies  of  U.S.  copyrighted  material  printed  outside  of  the 
United  States.  This  decision  allows  third  parties  who  purchase  works  meant  for  sale  only  within  a 
particular non-U.S. territory to resell those works in the United States. These works are often available 
outside  the  U.S.  at  prices  significantly  lower  than  the  U.S.  editions  to  meet  local  market  pricing 
conditions.  Works developed for sale in markets outside the United States are often not substitutes 
for  similar  U.S.  editions  because  they  contain  different  content.  However,  any  widespread  resale  in 
the United States of lower cost works could adversely impact the Company’s operating results. As a 
result  of  the  change  in  law,  the  Company  changed  its  business  practice  in  selling  into  lower  priced 
markets. The decision principally affects the operations of the Company’s Education business. (See 
page 20 for a further discussion) 

The  scientific  research  publishing  industry  generates  much  of  its  revenue  from  paid  customer 
subscriptions  to  online  and  print  journal  content.  There  is  debate  within  government,  academic  and 
library  communities whether  such  journal  content  should  be  made  available  for  free,  immediately  or 

- 6 - 

 
following  a  period  of  embargo  after  publication,  referred  to  as  “open  access”.  For  instance,  certain 
governments  are  considering  new  mandates  that  would  require  journal  articles  derived  from 
government-funded research to be made available to the public at no cost after an embargo period. 
Open  access  can  be  achieved  in  two  ways:  Green,  which  enables  authors  to  publish  articles  in 
subscription based journals and self–archive the author accepted version of the article for free public 
use after an embargo period, and Gold, which enables authors to publish their articles in journals that 
provide immediate free access to the article on the publisher’s website following payment of an article 
publication  fee.  These  mandates  have  the  potential  to  put  pressure  on  subscription-based 
publications and favor business models funded by author fees or government and private subsidies. If 
such  regulations  are  widely  implemented  the  Company’s  operating  results  could  be  adversely 
affected.  

Business Transformation and Restructuring 

The Company is transforming portions of its business from a traditional publishing model to being a 
global provider of content-enabled solutions with a focus on digital products and services. The recent 
Deltak.edu,  LLC  (“Deltak”),  Inscape  Holdings,  Inc.  (“Inscape”),  Efficient  Learning  Systems,  Inc. 
(“ELS”),  Profiles  International  (“Profiles”)  and  CrossKnowledge  Group  Limited  (“CrossKnowledge”) 
acquisitions,  along  with  the  divestment  of  the  Company’s  consumer  publishing  programs,  are 
examples  of  strategic  initiatives  that  were  implemented  as  part  of  the  Company’s  business 
transformation. The Company will continue to explore opportunities to develop new business models 
and  enhance  the  efficiency  of  its  organizational  structure.  The  rapid  pace  and  scope  of  change 
increases  the  risk  that  not  all  of  our  strategic  initiatives  will  deliver  the  expected  benefits  within  the 
anticipated  timeframes.  In  addition,  these  efforts  may  somewhat  disrupt  the  Company’s  business 
activities which could adversely affect its operating results. 

In  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  initiated  a  program  to  restructure  and  realign  its  cost  base  with 
current and anticipated future market conditions.  Significant risks associated with these actions that 
may  impair  the  Company’s  ability  to  achieve  the  anticipated  cost  reductions  or  that  may  disrupt  its 
business include delays in the implementation of anticipated workforce reductions in highly regulated 
locations  outside  of  the  U.S.,  particularly  in  Europe  and  Asia;  decreases  in  employee  morale;  the 
failure to meet operational targets due to the loss of key employees; and disruptions of third parties to 
whom  we  have  outsourced  business  functions.  In  addition,  the  Company’s  ability  to  achieve  the 
anticipated  cost  savings  and  other  benefits  from  these  actions  within  the  expected  timeframe  is 
subject  to  many  estimates  and  assumptions.  These  estimates  and  assumptions  are  subject  to 
significant  economic,  competitive  and  other  uncertainties,  some  of  which  are  beyond  our  control.  If 
these estimates and assumptions are incorrect, if we experience delays, or if other unforeseen events 
occur, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected. 

Outsourcing of Business Processes 

The  Company  has  outsourced  certain  business  functions  to  third-party  service  providers  to  achieve 
cost  savings  and  efficiencies.  If  these  third-party  service  providers  do  not  perform  effectively,  the 
Company  may  not  be  able  to  achieve  the  expected  cost  savings  and,  depending  on  the  function 
involved,  may  experience  business  disruption  or  processing  inefficiencies,  all  with  potential  adverse 
effects on the Company’s operating results.   

- 7 - 

 
 
 
Introduction of New Technologies, Products and Services 

The Company must continue to invest in technological and other innovations to adapt and add value 
to its products and services to remain competitive. There are uncertainties whenever developing new 
products  and  services,  and  it  is  often  possible  that  such  new  products  and  services  may  not  be 
launched or if launched, may not be profitable or as profitable as existing products and services. 

A  common  trend  facing  each  of  the  Company’s  businesses  is  the  digitization  of  content  and 
proliferation  of  distribution  channels  through  the  internet  and  other  electronic  means,  which  are 
replacing traditional print formats. The trend to digital books has also created contraction in the print 
book  retail  market  which  increases  the  risk  of  bankruptcy  for  certain  retail  customers,  potentially 
leading  to  the  disruption  of  short-term  product  supply  to  consumers  as  well  as  potential  bad  debt 
write-offs.  New distribution channels, such as digital formats, the internet, online retailers and growing 
delivery  platforms  (e.g.  tablets  and  e-readers),  combined  with  the  concentration  of  retailer  power, 
present  both  threats  and  opportunities  to  the  Company’s  traditional  publishing  models,  potentially 
impacting both sales volumes and pricing. In addition, there is an enhanced risk associated with the 
illegal unauthorized replication and distribution of digital products.  

Information Technology Risks 

Information  technology  is  a  key  part  of  the  Company’s  business  strategy  and  operations.  As  a 
business  strategy,  Wiley’s  technology  enables  the  Company  to  provide  customers  with  new  and 
enhanced  products  and  services  and  is  critical  to  the  Company’s  success  in  migrating  from  print  to 
digital business models. Information technology is also a fundamental component of all our business 
processes; collecting  and reporting  business  data;  and  communicating  internally  and  externally  with 
customers, suppliers, employees and others. 

Information  technology  system  failures,  network  disruptions  and  breaches  of  data  security  could 
significantly  disrupt  the  operations  of  the  Company.  Management  has  designed  and  implemented 
policies,  processes  and  controls  to  mitigate  risks  of  information  technology  failure  and  to  provide 
security  from  unauthorized  access  to  our  systems.  In  addition,  the  Company  has  in  place  disaster 
recovery plans to maintain business continuity. While the Company has taken steps to address these 
risks, there can be no assurance that a system failure, disruption or data security breach would not 
adversely affect the Company’s business and operating results. 

Competition for Market Share and Author and Society Relationships 

The Company operates in highly competitive markets. Success and continued growth depends greatly 
on developing new products and the means to deliver them in an environment of rapid technological 
change.  Attracting  new  authors  and  professional  societies,  while  retaining  our  existing  business 
relationships, are also critical to our success.  

Student Demand for Lower Cost Textbooks in Higher Education 

The  Company’s  Education  business publishes educational content  for  undergraduate,  graduate  and 
advanced  placement  students,  lifelong  learners  and  in  Australia  secondary  school  students.  Due  to 
growing student demand for less expensive textbooks, many college bookstores, online retailers and 
other entities offer used or rental textbooks to students at lower prices than new. It is uncertain how 
such sales of lower priced textbooks will impact the Company’s operating results.  

- 8 - 

 
 
 
Interest Rate and Foreign Exchange Risk  

Non-U.S. revenues, as well as our substantial non-U.S. net assets, expose the Company’s results to 
foreign  currency  exchange  rate  volatility.  Fiscal  year  2014  revenue  was  recognized  in  the  following 
currencies (as measured in U.S. dollar equivalents): approximately 56% U.S dollar; 28% British pound 
sterling; 9% euro and 7% other currencies. In addition, our interest-bearing loans and borrowings are 
subject to risk from changes in interest rates. These risks and the measures we have taken to help 
contain them are discussed in the Market Risk section of this 10-K. The Company from time-to-time 
uses derivative instruments to hedge such risks. Notwithstanding our efforts to foresee and mitigate 
the effects of changes in fiscal circumstances, we cannot predict with certainty changes in currency 
and interest rates, inflation or other related factors affecting our business.   

Changes in Tax Legislation 

The Company is subject to tax laws within the jurisdictions in which it does business. Changes in tax 
legislation could have a material impact on the Company’s financial results. There have been recent 
proposals to reform U.S. tax laws that would significantly impact how U.S. multinational corporations 
are  taxed  on  earnings  outside  of  the  U.S.  This  could  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s 
financial  results  since  a  substantial  portion  of  the  Company’s  income  is  earned  outside  the  U.S.  In 
addition, the Company is subject to audit by tax  authorities.  Although we believe our tax estimates 
are  reasonable,  the  final  determination  of  tax  audits  could  be  materially  different  from  our  historical 
income tax provisions and accruals and have a material impact on the Company’s net income, cash 
flow and financial position. See tax footnote 13 (“tax audits’) for further details on the Company’s tax 
audit in Germany.  

Business Risk in Developing, Emerging and Other Foreign Markets 

The  Company  sells  its  products  to  customers  in  the  Middle  East  (including  Iran  and  Syria),  Africa 
(including Sudan), Cuba, and other developing markets where it does not have operating subsidiaries. 
In addition, approximately 10% of Research journal articles are sourced from authors in China. The 
Company  does  not  own  any  assets  or  liabilities  in  these  markets  except  for  trade  receivables. 
Challenges  and  uncertainties  associated  with  operating  in  developing  markets  has  a  higher  relative 
risk due to political instability, economic volatility, crime, terrorism, corruption, social and ethnic unrest, 
and other factors. In fiscal year 2014, the Company recorded revenue and net profits of $0.9 million 
and $0.3 million, respectively, related to sales to Cuba, Sudan, Syria and Iran. While sales in these 
markets  are  not  material  to  the  Company’s  business  results,  adverse  developments  related  to  the 
risks associated with these markets may cause actual results to differ from historical and forecasted 
future  operating  results.  Disruption  in  these  markets  could  also  trigger  a  decrease  in  consumer 
purchasing power, resulting in a reduced demand for our products. 

The  Company  has  certain  technology  development  operations  in  Russia  related  to  software 
development  and  architecture,  digital  content  production  and  system  testing  services.  Due  to  the 
political  instability  within  the  region,  there  is  the  potential  for  future  government  embargos  and 
sanctions  which  could  disrupt  the  Company’s  operations  in  the  area.  While  the  Company  has 
developed  business  continuity  plans  to  address  these  issues,  further  adverse  developments  in  the 
region could have a material impact on the Company’s business and operating results.  

- 9 - 

 
 
 
Liquidity and Global Economic Conditions 

Changes  in  global  financial  markets  have  not  had,  nor  do we  anticipate  they  will  have,  a significant 
impact on our liquidity. Due to our significant operating cash flow, financial assets, access to capital 
markets and available lines of credit and revolving credit agreements, we continue to believe that we 
have the ability to meet our financing needs for the foreseeable future. As market conditions change, 
we will continue to monitor our liquidity position. However, there can be no assurance that our liquidity 
or our results of operations will not be affected by possible future changes in global financial markets 
and global economic conditions. Similar to other global businesses, we face the potential effects of a 
global economic recession. Unprecedented market conditions including illiquid credit markets, volatile 
equity  markets,  dramatic  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  rates  and  economic  recession  could  affect 
future results.  

Effects of Increases in Pension Costs and Funding Requirements 

The  Company  provides  defined  benefit  pension  plans  for  certain  employees  worldwide.    In  March 
2013, the Company’s Board of Directors approved amendments to the U.S. defined benefit plans that 
froze  the  plans  effective  June  30,  2013.  The  funding  requirements  and  costs  of  these  plans  are 
dependent  upon  various  factors,  including  the  actual  return  on  plan  assets,  discount  rates,  plan 
participant  population  demographics  and  changes  in  pension  regulations.  Changes  in  these  factors 
affect the Company’s plan funding, cash flow and results of operations.  

Effects of Inflation and Cost Increases 

The  Company,  from  time  to  time,  experiences  cost  increases  reflecting,  in  part,  general  inflationary 
factors. There is no guarantee that the Company can increase selling prices or reduce costs to fully 
mitigate the effect of inflation on company costs.  

Ability to Successfully Integrate Key Acquisitions 

The  Company’s  growth  strategy  includes  title,  imprint  and  other  business  acquisitions,  including 
knowledge-enabled services which complement the Company’s existing businesses. Acquisitions may 
have  a  substantial  impact  on  the  Company’s  revenues,  costs,  cash  flows,  and  financial  position. 
Acquisitions involve risks and uncertainties, including difficulties in integrating acquired operations and 
in realizing expected opportunities; diversions of management resources and loss of key employees; 
challenges  with  respect  to  operating  new  businesses;  debt  incurred  in  financing  such  acquisitions; 
and other unanticipated problems and liabilities. 

Attracting and Retaining Key Employees 

The  Company’s  success  is  highly  dependent  upon  the  retention  of  key  employees  globally.  In 
addition,  we  are  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  continue  to  attract  new  employees  with  key  skills  to 
support continued business growth. 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None 

- 10 - 

 
 
 
 
Item 2.  Properties 

The Company occupies office, warehouse, and distribution facilities in various parts of the world, as 
listed below (excluding those locations with less than 10,000 square feet of floor area, none of which 
is considered material property).  All of the buildings and the equipment owned or leased are believed 
to be in good condition and are generally fully utilized. 

Location              Purpose                    

Owned or Leased  Approx. Sq. Ft. 

United States: 

New Jersey 

Corporate Headquarters 
Office & Warehouse 

Leased 
Leased 

Indiana 

Office 

California 

Office 

Massachusetts     Office 

Illinois  

Florida 

Office 

Office 

Minnesota 

Offices 

Texas 

Offices 

International: 

Australia         

Canada  

England  

Office & Warehouse 
Offices 

Office & Warehouse 
Office 

Warehouses 
Offices 
Offices 

Germany  

Office 
Office 

Singapore         Offices 

Russia 

Office 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

Leased 
Leased 

Leased 
Leased 

Leased 
Leased 
Owned 

Owned 
Leased 

Leased 

Leased 

India 

China 

Office & Warehouse 

Leased 

Office 

Leased 

404,000 
185,000 

123,000 

57,000 

34,000 

43,000 

34,000 

12,000 

41,000 

93,000 
59,000 

87,000 
20,000 

297,000 
80,000 
70,000 

58,000 
24,000 

68,000 

18,000 

16,000 

14,000 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 

The Company is involved in routine litigation in the ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of 
management, the ultimate resolution of all pending litigation will not have a material effect upon the 
financial condition or results of operations of the Company. 

- 11 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5.  Market for the Company’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 

of Equity Securities 

The Company’s Class A and Class B shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the 
symbols JWa and JWb, respectively. Dividends per share and the market price range (based on daily 
closing prices) by fiscal quarter for the past two fiscal years were as follows: 

Class A Common Stock 
Market Price 
High 

Low 

Dividends

Class B Common Stock 
Market Price 
High 

Low 

Dividends 

2014 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

2013 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

 $0.25 
0.25 
0.25 
0.25 

 $0.24 
0.24 
0.24 
0.24 

 $45.13 
50.95 
56.75 
58.83 

 $38.15 
43.64 
48.81 
51.63 

 $49.72 
51.32 
44.43 
39.99 

 $43.69 
42.88 
36.53 
36.09 

 $0.25 
0.25 
0.25 
0.25 

 $0.24 
0.24 
0.24 
0.24 

 $45.12  $36.93 
43.79 
48.75 
51.82 

50.80 
56.35 
58.68 

 $49.83  $44.28 
42.91 
36.91 
35.89 

51.18 
44.26 
40.50 

On a quarterly basis, the Board of Directors considers the payment of cash dividends based upon its 
review of earnings, the financial position of the Company, and other relevant factors. As of April 30, 
2014,  the  approximate  number  of  holders  of  the  Company’s  Class  A  and  Class  B  Common  Stock 
were 918 and 88 respectively, based on the holders of record. 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014, the Company made the following purchases of Class A 
Common Stock under its stock repurchase program: 

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 
- 
212,081 
225,692 
437,773 

Average 
Price Paid 
Per Share 
- 
$56.91 
$56.67 
$56.79 

Total Number of 
Shares 
Purchased as 
part of a Publicly 
Announced 
Program 
- 
212,081 
225,692 
437,773 

Maximum 
Number of 
Shares that May 
be Purchased 
Under the 
Program 
3,699,395 
3,487,314 
3,261,622 

February 2014 
March 2014 
April 2014 
Total  

- 12 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

Dollars in millions (except per share data) 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

For the Years Ended April 30, 

Revenue 

Operating Income (a-d) 

Net Income (a-e) 

Working Capital (f) 

$1,775.2 

$1,760.8 

$1,782.7 

$1,742.6 

$1,699.1 

206.7 

160.5 

60.1 

199.4 

144.2 

(32.2) 

280.4 

212.7 

(66.3) 

248.1 

171.9 

242.6 

143.5 

(228.9) 

(188.7) 

Deferred Revenue in Working Capital (f) 

(385.7) 

(363.0) 

(342.0) 

(321.4) 

(275.7) 

Total Assets 

Long-Term Debt 

Shareholders’ Equity 

Per Share Data 

Earnings Per Share (a-e) 

Diluted 

Basic 

Cash Dividends 

Class A Common 

Class B Common 

3,077.4 

2,806.4 

2,532.9 

2,430.1 

2,308.6 

700.1 

1,182.2 

673.0 

988.4 

475.0 

1,017.6 

330.5 

977.9 

559.0 

722.4 

$2.70 

$2.73 

$1.00 

$1.00 

$2.39 

$2.43 

$0.96 

$0.96 

$3.47 

$3.53 

$0.80 

$0.80 

$2.80 

$2.86 

$0.64 

$0.64 

$2.41 

$2.45 

$0.56 

$0.56 

a) 

In fiscal years 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $42.7 million ($28.3 million after tax or 

$0.48  per  share)  and  $29.3  million  ($19.8  million  after  tax  or  $0.33  per  share),  respectively  and  related  impairment 

charges of $4.8 million ($3.4 million after tax or $0.06 per share) and $30.7 million ($21.1 million after tax or $0.35 per 

share), respectively. 

b) 

In  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  recorded  a  gain,  net  of  losses,  on  the  sale  of  certain  Professional  Development 

consumer publishing programs of $6.0 million ($2.6 million after tax or $0.04 per share). 

c) 

In fiscal year 2011, the Company recorded a $9.3 million bad debt provision ($6.0 million after tax or $0.10 per share) 

related to the bankruptcy of a large book retailer “Borders”.  

d) 

In  fiscal  year  2010,  the  Company  recognized  intangible  asset  impairment  and  restructuring  charges  of  $15.1  million 

($10.6 million after tax or $0.17 per share) principally related to GIT Verlag, a Business-to-Business German-language 

controlled circulation magazine business acquired in 2002.   

e)  Tax benefits and charges included in fiscal year results are as follows: 

 

Fiscal years 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 include tax benefits of $10.6 million ($0.18 per share), $8.4 million ($0.14 

per share), $8.8 million ($0.14 per share), and $4.2 million ($0.07 per share), respectively, principally associated 

with tax legislation enacted in the United Kingdom that reduced the U.K. corporate income tax rates.  

 

Fiscal year 2013 includes a tax charge of $2.1 million ($0.04 per share) due to recently published IRS tax positions 

related to the Company’s ability to take certain deductions in the U.S. 

 

Fiscal year 2012 includes a tax benefit of $7.5 million ($0.12 per share) related to the reversal of an income tax 

reserve recorded in conjunction with the Blackwell acquisition. 

f)  The primary driver of the negative working capital is unearned deferred revenue related to subscriptions for which cash 

has  been  collected  in  advance.  Cash  received  in  advance  for  subscriptions  is  used  by  the  Company  for  a  number  of 

purposes  including  acquisitions;  debt  repayments;  funding  operations;  dividend  payments;  and  purchasing  treasury 

shares. The deferred revenue will be recognized in income as the products are shipped or made available online to the 

customers over the term of the subscription.   

- 13 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Business, Financial Condition and Results of 

Operations 

The  Company  is  a  global  provider  of  knowledge  and  knowledge-enabled  services  that  improve  outcomes  in 
areas of research, professional practice and education. Through the Research segment, the Company provides 
digital and print scientific, technical, medical and scholarly journals, reference works, books, database services 
and  advertising.  The  Professional  Development  segment  provides  digital  and  print  books,  online  assessment 
and  training  services,  and  test  prep  and  certification.  In  Education,  the  Company  provides  print  and  digital 
content,  and  education  solutions  including  online  program  management  services  for  higher  education 
institutions and course management tools for instructors and students. The Company takes full advantage of its 
content from all three core businesses in developing and cross-marketing products to its diverse customer base 
of researchers, professionals, students, and educators. The use of technology enables the Company to make its 
content efficiently more accessible to its customers around the world. The Company’s operations are primarily 
located in the United States, Canada, Europe, Asia, and Australia. 

Business growth comes from a combination of title, imprint and other business acquisitions which complement 
the  Company’s  existing  businesses;  the  development  of  new  products  and  services;  designing  and 
implementing  new  methods  of  delivering  products  to  our  customers;  and  organic  growth  from  existing  brands 
and titles. The Company’s revenue grew at a compound annual rate of 2% over the past five years. 

Core Businesses 

Research:  

The  Company’s  Research  business serves  the  world’s  research  and  scholarly communities and  is  the  largest 
publisher for professional and scholarly societies.  Research’s mission is to support researchers, professionals 
and  learners  in  the  discovery  and  use  of  research  knowledge  to  achieve  results  that  help  shape  the  future.  
Research  products  include  scientific,  technical,  medical  and  scholarly  research  journals,  books,  reference 
works, databases, clinical decision support tools, laboratory manuals and workflow tools, in the publishing areas 
of  the  physical  sciences  and  engineering,  health  sciences,  social  science  and  humanities  and  life  sciences. 
Research  customers  include  academic,  corporate,  government,  and  public  libraries;  researchers;  scientists; 
clinicians; engineers and technologists; scholarly and professional societies; and students and professors. The 
Company’s  Research  products  are  sold  and  distributed  globally  in  digital  and  print  formats  through  multiple 
channels,  including  research  libraries  and  library  consortia,  independent  subscription  agents,  direct  sales  to 
professional society members, bookstores, online booksellers and other customers. Publishing centers include 
Australia,  Germany,  India,  Singapore,  the  United  Kingdom  and  the  United  States.  Research  accounted  for 
approximately 59% of total Company revenue in fiscal year 2014 and generated revenue growth at a compound 
annual rate of 2% over the past five years.  

Research revenue by product type includes digital and print Journal Subscriptions; Print Books; Digital Books; 
Open Access; and Other Publishing Income which includes journal page and color charges, advertising, sale of 
rights, journal backfiles and reprints.  

- 14 - 

 
 
 
The graph below presents Research revenue by product type for fiscal year 2014:  

Other Publishing 
Income
18%

Open Access
2%

Digital Books
5%

Print Books
11%

Journal 
Subscriptions
64%

Key growth strategies for the Research business include developing new digital products, services and workflow 
solutions to meet the needs of researchers, authors and societies; continuing the migration and transformation 
of the book business from print to digital; focusing resources on high-growth and emerging markets; developing 
new  open  access  revenue  streams;  and  evolving  and  developing  new  licensing  models  for  the  Company’s 
institutional customers. 

Approximately 53% of Journal Subscription revenue is derived from publishing rights owned by the Company. 
Publishing alliances also play a major role in Research’s success. Approximately 47% of Journal Subscription 
revenue  is  derived  from  publication  rights  which  are  owned  by  professional  societies  and  published  by  the 
Company pursuant to a long-term contract or owned jointly with a professional society. These society alliances 
bring  mutual  benefit,  with  the  societies  gaining  Wiley’s  publishing,  marketing,  sales  and  distribution  expertise, 
while Wiley benefits from being affiliated with prestigious societies and their members. The Company publishes 
the  journals  of  many  prestigious  societies,  including  the  American  Cancer  Society,  the  American  Heart 
Association, the British Journal of Surgery Society, the European Molecular Biology Organization, the American 
Anthropological Association, the American Geophysical Union and the German Chemical Society.  

The  Company’s  Research  business  is  a  provider  of  content  and  services  in  evidence-based  medicine  (EBM). 
Through  the  Company’s  alliance  with  The  Cochrane  Collaboration,  the  Company  publishes  The  Cochrane 
Library,  a  premier  source  of  high-quality  independent  evidence  to  inform  healthcare  decision-making,  which 
provides  the  foundation  for  the  Company’s  growing  suite  of  EBM  products  designed  to  improve  patient 
healthcare.  EBM  facilitates  the  effective  management  of  patients  through  clinical  expertise  informed  by  best 
practice evidence that is derived from medical literature. 

Wiley Online Library, the online publishing platform for the Company’s Research business, is one of the world’s 
broadest  and  deepest  multidisciplinary  collections  of  online  resources  covering life,  health  and  physical 
sciences,  social  science  and  the  humanities.  Built  on  the  latest  technology  and  designed  with  extensive  input 
from  scholars  around  the  world,  Wiley  Online  Library  delivers  seamless  integrated  access  to  over  4  million 
articles from approximately 1,600 journals, 15,000 online books, and hundreds of multi-volume reference works, 
laboratory protocols and databases. Wiley Online Library provides the user with intuitive navigation, enhanced 
discoverability,  expanded  functionality  and  a  range  of  personalization  options.  Access  to  abstracts  is  free,  full 
content  is  accessible  through  licensing  agreements  and  large  portions  of  the  content  are  provided  free  or  at 
nominal cost to nations in the developing world through partnerships with certain non-profit organizations. Wiley 
Online  Library  also  provides  the  Company  with  revenue  growth  opportunities  through  new  applications  and 
business models, online advertising, deeper market penetration and individual sales and pay-per-view options.  

- 15 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Full  content  Access  on  Wiley  Online  Library  is  sold  through  licenses  with  academic  and  corporate  libraries, 
consortia and other academic, government and corporate customers. The Company offers a range of licensing 
options  including  customized  suites  of  journal  publications  for  individual  customer  needs  as  well  as 
subscriptions for individual journal and online book publications. Licenses are typically sold in durations of one 
to three years.  Through the Article Select and PayPerView programs, the Company provides fee-based access 
to non-subscribed journal content, book chapters and major reference work articles.  

For calendar years 2013 and 2014, the Company offered an alternative journal subscription license model for a 
group  of  customers.    Previously,  those  customer  licenses  were  based  on  a  commitment  by  the  Company  to 
provide a discrete number of online journal issues which provided for recognition of revenue by the Company as 
issues  were  published.  Under  this  alternative  model,  the  Company  provides  access  to  all  journal  content 
published in a calendar year and provides for recognition of revenue on a straight-line basis over the calendar 
year covered by the alternative license model.  The new license model improves the value proposition for our 
established  customer  base  in  mature  markets  and  makes  licensing  the  Company’s  journals  a  more 
straightforward  process  which  frees  up  sales  and  support  resources  to  focus  on  growth  opportunities  in  other 
digital products and services. 

Wiley Online Library takes advantage of technology to update content frequently and to add new features and 
resources  on  an  ongoing  basis  to  increase  the  productivity  of  scientists,  professionals  and  students.  Two 
examples  are  EarlyView,  through  which  customers  can  access  individual  articles  well  in  advance  of  print 
publication,  and  MobileEditions,  which  enables  users  to  view  tables  of  content  and  abstracts  on  wireless 
handheld devices and smartphones. 

Wiley  Open  Access  is  the  Company’s  publishing  program  for  open-access  research  articles.  Under  the  Wiley 
Open  Access  business  model,  research  articles  submitted  by  authors  are  published  and  compiled  by  subject 
area  into  open-access  journals.  All  research  articles  published  in  Wiley  Open  Access  journals  are  freely 
available to the general public on Wiley Online Library to read, download and share.  A publication service fee is 
charged upon acceptance of a research article by the Company, which may be paid by the individual author. To 
actively support researchers and members who wish to publish in Wiley Open Access journals, an academic or 
research institution, society or corporation may fund the fee directly. In return for the service fee, the Company 
provides its customary publishing, editing, peer review, technology and distribution services. All accepted open-
access  articles  are  subject  to  the  same  rigorous  peer-review  process  applied  to  the  Company’s  subscription 
based journals which are supported by the Company’s network of prestigious journals and societies. In addition 
to  Wiley  Open  Access,  the  Company  provides  authors  with  the  opportunity  to  make  their  individual  research 
articles  that  were  published  within  the  Company’s  paid  subscription  journals  freely  available  to  the  general 
public through OnlineOpen. 

Professional Development (“PD”): 

The Company’s Professional Development business acquires, develops and publishes professional information 
and  content  delivered  through  print  and  digital  books,  test  preparation,  assessments,  online  learning  services 
and  certification  and  training  services.  Communities  served  include  business,  finance,  accounting,  workplace 
learning,  management,  leadership,  technology,  behavioral  health,  engineering/  architecture  and  education. 
Professional Development’s mission is to create products and services that help professionals worldwide learn, 
achieve  results,  and  enhance  their  skills  throughout  their  careers  and  enable  corporations  to  maximize  their 
investment  in  talent  and  individuals  by  having  them  become  more  effective  in  the  workplace.  Products  are 
developed in print and digitally for worldwide distribution through multiple channels, including chain and online 
booksellers, libraries, colleges and universities, corporations, direct to consumer, websites, distributor networks 

- 16 - 

 
and  other  online  applications.  Publishing  centers  include  Australia,  Germany,  India,  Singapore,  the  United 
Kingdom and the United States. Professional Development accounted for approximately 20% of total Company 
revenue in fiscal year 2014 which declined at a compound annual rate of -2% over the past five years, including 
the impact of the divested consumer publishing programs in fiscal year 2013 and the acquisitions of Inscape in 
fiscal year 2012, ELS in fiscal year 2013 and Profiles in fiscal year 2014.  

Professional  Development  revenue  by  product  type  includes  Print  Books;  Digital  Books;  Online  Training  and 
Assessment which is revenue from the sale of products and services focusing on workplace effectiveness and 
career  success;  and  Other  Publishing  Income.  Other  Publishing  Income  includes  advertising,  licensing, 
distribution and agency revenue.    

The graph below presents PD revenue by product type for fiscal year 2014:  

Other Publishing 
Income
11%

Online Training & 
Assessment
11%

Digital Books
13%

Print Books
65%

Key  growth  strategies  for  the  Professional  Development  business  include:  developing  and  acquiring  products 
and services to drive corporate development and professional career development; developing leading brands 
and  franchises;  executing  strategic  acquisitions  and  partnerships;  innovating  digital  book  formats  while 
expanding their global discoverability and distribution; and creating advertising opportunities on the Company’s 
branded websites and online applications.  The Company has recently executed several initiatives focused on 
achieving these growth strategies which are described in more detail below. 

In  February  2012,  Wiley  acquired  Inscape  Holdings,  Inc.  (“Inscape”),  a  leading  provider  of  online  training  and 
assessment  solutions,  for  approximately  $85  million  in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired.  The  acquisition  combined 
Wiley’s  deep  well  of  valuable  content  and  global  reach  in  leadership  and  training  with  Inscape’s  technology, 
distribution network, and talent expertise, including the innovative EPIC online assessment-delivery platform and 
an elite global authorized distributors network of nearly 1,700 independent consultants, trainers, and coaches. 
Inscape’s  solution-focused  products  are  used  in  thousands  of  organizations,  including  major  government 
agencies and Fortune 500 companies. Inscape generated revenue of $24.5 million in fiscal year 2014.  

Inscape’s solutions-focused DiSC® offerings complement the products published under Wiley’s Pfeiffer brand, 
such  as  Kouzes  and  Posner’s  Leadership  Practices  Inventory®,  in  the  growing  workplace  learning  industry.  
Through  the  Pfeiffer  brand,  Wiley  has  a  40-year  history  of  serving  professional  development  and  resource 
needs  of  learning  professionals.    The  combined  Inscape  and  Pfeiffer  business  increased  the  Company’s 
presence  in  the  professional  development  and  skill  assessment  arena.  We  believe  Inscape’s  competitive 
strengths  will  also  advance  a  number  of  Professional  Development’s  major  strategic  goals.  As  a  workplace 
learning business with more than 50% of revenue from a proprietary digital platform, Inscape enables Wiley to 
move more rapidly into digital delivery within the growing workplace learning and assessment market and build 
a significant market position in the category of leadership development. Inscape also enhanced Wiley’s global 

- 17 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
presence, serving customers around the world in more than 30 languages each year, with approximately 25% of 
fiscal year 2014 revenue generated outside the U.S through Inscape’s global distributor network.  

In November 2012, the Company acquired Efficient Learning Systems, Inc. (“ELS”) for approximately $24 million 
in cash, net of cash acquired. ELS is an e-learning system provider focused in the areas of professional finance 
and accounting.  ELS’ flagship product, CPAExcel, is a modular, digital platform comprised of online self-study, 
videos, mobile apps, and sophisticated planning tools that has helped over 65,000 professionals prepare for the 
CPA exam since 1998. The acquisition enhanced Wiley’s position in the growing CPA test preparation market 
and  provided  the  Company  with  a  scalable  platform  that  can  be  leveraged  globally  across  other  areas  of  its 
Professional  Development  business.  ELS  generated  revenue  of  $8.0  million  in  fiscal  year  2014.  In  December 
2013,  the  Company  acquired  Elan  Guides  for  approximately  $2.5  million,  Elan  Guides  provides  content  in 
multiple formats to help prepare candidates for the CFA examinations.  

On April 1, 2014, the Company acquired Profiles International (“Profiles”) for approximately $48 million in cash, 
net of cash acquired. Profiles provides pre-employment assessment and selection tools that enable employers 
to  optimize  candidate  selections  and  develop  the  full  potential  of  their  employees.  Solutions  include  pre-hire 
assessments,  including  those  designed  to  measure  and  match  personality,  knowledge,  skills,  managerial  fit, 
loyalty,  and  values;  and  post-hire  assessments,  focused  on  measuring  sales  and  managerial  effectiveness, 
employee performance and career potential.  Founded in 1991 and based in Waco, Texas, Profiles has served 
more than 40,000 enterprise clients and millions of end users in over 120 countries, with assessments available 
in  32  languages.  Profiles  reported  approximately  $27  million  of  revenue  and  over  $5  million  of  EBITDA  in  its 
fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.   

On May 1, 2014, just after the close of the Company’s fiscal year end, the Company acquired CrossKnowledge 
for approximately $175 million in cash. CrossKnowledge is a learning solutions provider focused on leadership 
and  managerial  skills  development  that  offers  subscription-based,  digital  learning  solutions  for  global 
corporations,  universities,  and  small  and  medium-sized  enterprises.  CrossKnowledge’s  solutions  include 
managerial and leadership skills assessments, courses, certifications, content and executive training programs 
that are delivered on a cloud-based platform providing over 17,000 learning objects in 17 languages. Solutions 
can be readily customized for each individual client, providing employees with access to relevant learning and 
development resources in a tailored online experience.  CrossKnowledge serves over five million end-users in 
80 countries speaking 17 languages. CrossKnowledge reported approximately $37 million of revenue and over 
$9 million of EBITDA in its fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. 

In fiscal year 2013, the Company divested a number of its consumer publishing assets as they no longer aligned 
with the Company’s long-term business strategy. Those assets included travel (including all of its interests in the 
Frommer’s,  Unofficial  Guides,  and  WhatsonWhen  brands),  culinary,  CliffsNotes,  Webster’s  New  World 
Dictionary and certain other consumer programs. During  fiscal year 2013, the Company sold these publishing 
assets in a series of individual transactions for approximately $34 million. Fiscal year 2013 and 2012 revenue 
and operating income associated with the operations of the assets sold were approximately $46 million and $73 
million and approximately $16 million and $31 million, respectively. 

Publishing alliances and franchise products are central to the Company’s strategy. The ability to bring together 
Wiley’s  product  development,  sales,  marketing,  distribution  and  technological  capabilities  with  a  partner’s 
content and brand name recognition has been a driving factor in its success. Professional Development alliance 
partners  include  Bloomberg  Press,  the  American  Institute  of  Architects,  the  Leader  to  Leader  Institute,  Fisher 
Investments, the CFA Institute, the BPO Certification Institute, Autodesk and many others. 

- 18 - 

 
The  Company  also  promotes  an  active  and  growing  Professional  Development  custom  publishing  program. 
Custom  publications  are  typically  used  by  organizations  for  internal  promotional  or  incentive  programs.  The 
Company’s  custom  publications  include  digital  and  print  books  written  specifically  for  a  customer  and 
customizations  of  Professional  Development’s  existing  publications  to  include  custom  cover  art,  such  as 
imprints, messages and slogans. Of special note are customized For Dummies publications, which leverage the 
power of this well-known brand to meet the specific information needs of a wide range of organizations around 
the world. 

Education: 

The  Company’s  Education  business  produces  educational  content  and  solutions  including  online  program 
management  services  for  higher  education  institutions  and  course  management  tools  for  instructors  and 
students.  Education’s mission is to help teachers teach and students learn by delivering personalized content, 
tools and services that demonstrate results to students, faculty and institutions throughout the world. Education 
offers learning solutions, innovative products and services principally delivered through college bookstores and 
online distributors, with customers having access to content in digital and custom print formats, as well as the 
traditional  print  textbook.  Education’s  cost-effective,  flexible  solutions  are  available  in  each  of  its  publishing 
disciplines,  including  sciences,  engineering,  computer  science,  mathematics,  business  and  accounting, 
statistics, geography, hospitality and the culinary arts, education, psychology and modern languages. 

Education  accounted  for  approximately  21%  of  total  Company  revenue  in  fiscal  year  2014  and  generated 
revenue growth at a compound annual rate of 9% over the past five years, including the acquisition of Deltak in 
fiscal year 2013.  

Education revenue by product type includes Digital and Print Textbooks; Online Program Management (Deltak); 
Binder and Custom Products; WileyPLUS, the Company’s online teaching and learning environment; and Other 
Publishing  Income  which  includes  revenue  from  the  licensing  of  publishing  content  rights  and  other  content 
adaptions.   

The graph below presents Education revenue by product type for fiscal year 2014:  

Online Program 
Management 
(Deltak), 19%

WileyPLUS 
13%

Binder and 
Custom Products 
12%

Other Publishing 
Income 
4%

Print Textbooks 
44%

Digital Books, 8%

The Company continues to transform the Education business from a content publisher to an education solutions 
provider.  Education’s  key  growth  strategies  include  developing  and  acquiring  digital  products  and  solutions 
across the educational value chain; continuing the transformation of the business from traditional print products 
to digital and custom products and services; focusing on  institutional relationships and direct-to-student digital 
products; and developing the Company’s online institutional education model acquired with Deltak.  

In  October  2012,  the  Company  acquired  Deltak  for  approximately  $220  million  in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired. 
Deltak works in close partnership with leading colleges and universities to develop and support online degree 
- 19 - 

 
and certificate programs. These new services position the Company as an online education services provider. 
Wiley  now  provides  a  complete  solution  to  help  higher  education  institutions  transition  their  programs  into 
valuable  online  experiences.  We  offer  market  research  to  validate  degree  or  certification  program  demand, 
instructional design, marketing, student recruitment and retention services, and access to the Engage Learning 
Management  System  and  Student  Relationship  Platform,  with  the  goal  of  boosting  the  quality  and  efficacy  of 
online and hybrid programs. The Company now has access to high-growth markets and a variety of capabilities 
and technologies for its expansion into custom online courses and curriculum development. The acquisition also 
enables Wiley’s Education business to accelerate its digital learning strategy and diversify its service offerings to 
include  operational  and  academic  solutions  for  higher  education  institutions.  The  Company  will  leverage  its 
strong  reputation  and  financial  stability  for  new  program  investment,  to  accelerate  growth  globally,  to  access 
professional consumers and corporations and to expand content and faculty development offerings. As of April 
30, 2014, the Company had 37 institutions under contract, 122 programs generating revenue and 52 programs 
under contract and in development but not yet generating revenue. Deltak generated revenue of $70.2 million in 
fiscal year 2014. 

Strategic partnerships and relationships with companies such as Microsoft®, Blackboard, Canvas, Snapwiz and 
the Culinary Institute of America are also an important component of Education’s growth strategy.  The ability to 
join  Wiley’s  product  development,  sales,  marketing,  distribution  and  technology  with  a  partner’s  content, 
technology and/or brand name has contributed to Education’s success. 

Education  offers  high-quality  online  learning  solutions  including  WileyPLUS,  a  research-based,  online 
environment for effective teaching and learning that is integrated with a complete digital textbook.  WileyPLUS 
improves  student  learning  through  instant  feedback,  personalized  learning  plans,  and  self-evaluation  tools  as 
well as a full range of course-oriented activities, including online planning, presentations, study, homework and 
testing. 

Education encourages and supports the customization of its content. Wiley Custom Learning Solutions is a full-
service custom publishing program that offers an array of tools and services designed to put content creation in 
instructors’  hands.  Our  suite  of  custom  products  empowers  users  to  create  high-quality,  affordable  education 
solutions tailored to meet individual classroom needs. Through Wiley Custom Select, an online custom textbook 
system,  instructors  can  easily  build  print  and  digital  materials  tailored  to  their  specific  course  needs  and  add 
their  own  content  to  create  a  customized  solution  derived  from  any  one  of  the  Companies  three  business 
segments.  

The Company also provides the services of the Wiley Faculty Network, a global community of faculty that offers 
guidance,  training,  and  resources.  Through  the  Wiley  Faculty  Network,  instructors  and  administrators  can 
collaborate with each other, attend virtual and live events, and utilize a wealth of resources all designed to help 
them grow as educators. Colleagues can also benefit from taking part in the Wiley Learning Institute, an online 
center  for  professional  development  offering  workshops,  applied  learning,  coaching  programs,  and  a  unique 
community experience.  

In March 2013, the United States Supreme Court held that the “first sale” doctrine of U.S. Copyright Law applied 
to copies of U.S. copyrighted material printed outside of the United States. This decision allows third parties who 
purchase  works  meant  for  sale  only  within  a  particular  non-U.S.  territory  to  resell  those  works  in  the  United 
States.  These  works  are  often  available  outside  the  U.S.  at  prices  significantly  lower  than  those  of  the  U.S. 
editions to meet local market pricing conditions.   

- 20 - 

 
In response to the ruling, the Company has implemented changes, including pricing, with respect to the sale of 
U.S.  originated  Education  print  works  outside  the  United  States.  As  a  result  of  these  changes,  the  Company 
expects the net difference in revenue and operating profit to be negligible after a period of market transition.   

Knowledge-Enabled Products and Services: 

Journal Products:  

The  Company  publishes  approximately  1,700  Research  and  Professional  Development  journals.  Journal 
Subscription revenue and other related publishing income, such as open access, advertising, backfile sales, the 
licensing of publishing rights, journal reprints and individual article sales accounted for approximately 50% of the 
Company’s consolidated fiscal year 2014 revenue. The journal portfolio includes titles owned by the Company, 
in  which  case  they  may  or  may  not  be  sponsored  by  a  professional  society;  titles  owned  jointly  with  a 
professional society; and titles owned by professional societies and published by the Company pursuant to long-
term contracts. 

Societies  that  sponsor  or  own  such  journals  generally  receive  a  royalty  and/or  other  consideration.  The 
Company may procure editorial services from such societies on a pre-negotiated fee basis. The Company also 
enters into agreements with outside independent editors of journals that state the duties of the editors, and the 
fees  and  expenses  for  their  services.  Contributors  of  articles  to  the  Company’s  journal  portfolio  transfer 
publication  rights  to  the  Company  or  a  professional  society,  as  applicable.  Journal  articles  may  be  based  on 
funded research through government or charitable grants. In certain cases the terms of the grant may require 
the grant holder to make articles (either the published version or an earlier unedited version) available free of 
charge  to  the  general  public,  typically  after  an  embargo  period.  Funded  open  access  under  the  Company’s 
Wiley Open Access and OnlineOpen business models facilitate the ability of the grant holder to comply. 

The  Company  sells  journal  subscriptions  directly  through  Company  sales  representatives;  indirectly  through 
independent  subscription  agents;  through  promotional  campaigns;  and  through  memberships  in  professional 
societies for those journals that are sponsored by societies. Journal subscriptions are primarily licensed through 
contracts  for  digital  content  delivered  through  the  Company’s  online  platform,  Wiley  Online  Library.  Contracts 
are negotiated by the Company directly with customers or their subscription agents. Licenses range from one to 
three years in duration and typically cover calendar years.   

Print  journals  are  generally  mailed  to  subscribers  directly  from  independent  printers.  The  Company  does  not 
own  or  manage  printing  facilities.  The  print  journal  content  is  also  available  online  via  Wiley  Online  Library. 
Subscription revenue is generally collected in advance, and deferred until the related issue is shipped or made 
available online at which time the revenue is earned.  

For calendar years 2013 and 2014, the Company offered an alternative journal subscription license model for a 
group  of  customers.  Under  this  alternative  model,  the  Company  provides  access  to  all  content  published  in  a 
calendar year and provides for recognition of revenue on a straight-line basis over the calendar year covered by 
the alternative license model. 

Book Products: 

Book  products  and  book  related  publishing  revenue,  such  as  advertising  and  the  sale  of  publishing  rights, 
accounted for approximately 44% of the Company’s consolidated fiscal year 2014 revenue.  Materials for book 
publications  are  obtained  from  authors  throughout  most  of  the  world  through  the  efforts  of  an  editorial  staff, 
outside editorial advisors, and advisory boards. Most materials are originated by the authors themselves or as a 

- 21 - 

 
result of suggestion or solicitations by editors and advisors. The Company enters into agreements with authors 
that state the terms and conditions under which the materials will be published, the name in which the copyright 
will  be  registered,  the  basis  for  any  royalties,  and  other  matters.  Most  of  the  authors  are  compensated  with 
royalties,  which  vary  depending  on  the  nature  of  the  product.  The  Company  may  make  advance  payments 
against future royalties to authors of certain publications. Royalty advances are reviewed for recoverability and a 
reserve for loss is maintained, if appropriate.  

The Company continues to add new titles, revise existing titles, and discontinue the sale of others in the normal 
course of its business, and also creates adaptations of original content for specific markets based on customer 
demand. The Company’s general practice is to revise its textbooks every two to five years, if warranted, and to 
revise other titles as appropriate. Subscription-based products are updated on a more frequent basis.  

Professional books are sold to bookstores and online booksellers serving the general public; wholesalers who 
supply  such  bookstores;  warehouse  clubs;  college  bookstores  for  their  non-textbook  requirements;  individual 
practitioners;  and  research  institutions,  libraries  (including  public,  professional,  academic,  and  other  special 
libraries), industrial organizations, and government agencies. The Company employs sales representatives who 
call  upon  independent  bookstores,  national  and  regional  chain  bookstores  and  wholesalers.  Sales  of 
professional books also result from direct mail campaigns, telemarketing, online access, advertising and reviews 
in periodicals. Trade sales to bookstores and wholesalers are generally made on a returnable basis with certain 
restrictions.  The  Company  provides  for  estimated  future  returns  on  sales  made  during  the  year  based  on 
historical return experience and current market trends.  

Adopted textbooks and related supplementary material and digital products are sold primarily to bookstores and 
online  booksellers,  serving  both  for-profit  and  nonprofit  educational  institutions.  The  Company  employs  sales 
representatives who call on faculty responsible for selecting books to be used in courses, and on the bookstores 
that  serve  such  institutions  and  their  students.  Textbook  sales  are  generally  made  on  a  returnable  basis  with 
certain restrictions. The textbook business is seasonal, with the majority of textbook sales occurring during the 
June  through  August  and  November  through  January  periods.  There  are  active  used  and  rental  textbook 
markets, which adversely affect the sale of new textbooks. 

Like  most  other  publishers,  the  Company  generally  contracts  with  independent  printers  and  binderies  globally 
for their services. The Company purchases its paper from independent suppliers and printers. The fiscal year 
2014  weighted  average  U.S.  paper  prices  increased  approximately  1%  from  fiscal  year  2013.  Approximately 
57%  of  the  Company’s  paper  inventory  is  held  in  the  United  States.  Management  believes  that  adequate 
printing and binding facilities, sources of paper and other required materials are available to it, and that it is not 
dependent  upon  any  single  supplier.  Printed  book  products  are  distributed  from  both  Company-operated 
warehouses and independent distributors. 

The Company develops content in a digital format that can be used for both digital and print products, resulting 
in productivity and efficiency savings, and enabling print-on-demand delivery. Book content is available online 
through Wiley Online Library, WileyPLUS, Wiley Custom Select and other proprietary platforms.  Digital books 
are  delivered  to  intermediaries  including  Amazon,  Apple  and  Google,  for  re-sale  to  individuals  in  various 
industry-standard  formats,  which  are  now  the preferred  deliverable  for  licensees  of  all  types,  including  foreign 
language publishers. Specialized formats for digital textbooks go to distributors servicing the academic market, 
and  digital  book  collections  are  sold  by  subscription  through  independent  third-party  aggregators  servicing 
distinct communities. Custom deliverables are provided to corporations, institutions and associations to educate 
their employees, generate leads for their products, and extend their brands. Content from digital books is also 

- 22 - 

 
used  to  create  website  articles,  mobile  apps,  newsletters  and  promotional  collateral.  This  continual  re-use  of 
content improves margins, speeds delivery and helps satisfy a wide range of customer needs. The Company’s 
online presence not only enables it to deliver content online, but also to sell more books. The growth of online 
booksellers benefits the Company because they provide unlimited virtual “shelf space” for the Company’s entire 
backlist.   

Marketing  and  distribution  services  are  made  available  to  other  publishers  under  agency  arrangements.  The 
Company  also  engages  in  co-publishing  titles  with  international  publishers.  The  Company  also  receives 
licensing revenue from photocopies, reproductions, translations, and digital uses of its content.  

Other Digital Products and Services: 

The Company believes that the demand for new digital products and services will continue to increase for the 
foreseeable future.  In order to meet this demand and remain competitive, the Company is focused on delivering 
knowledge-enabled services, which  improve  learning,  career and  employment  management  and effectiveness 
for its target communities.  With the goal of servicing its customers across the arc of their careers the Company 
is  creating  new  revenue  streams  through  organic  development  and  acquisition.  The  Deltak,  Inscape,  ELS, 
Profiles  and  CrossKnowledge  acquisitions  have  enhanced  the  Company’s  portfolio  of  knowledge-enabled 
services and provided the Company with new capabilities and expertise, including new channels to market and 
direct  end-user  engagement.  The  Inscape,  ELS,  Profiles  and  CrossKnowledge  acquisitions  highlight  the 
Company’s focus on providing digital content and workflow solutions around professional career development, 
while the Deltak acquisition positions the Company as an online educational solutions provider with a variety of 
capabilities  and  technologies  for  its  expansion  into  custom  online  course  and  curriculum  development.  In 
addition,  Education’s  WileyPLUS  platform  improves  student  learning  through  instant  feedback,  personalized 
learning plans and self-evaluation tools.   

Online Training and Assessment: 

The Inscape, ELS and Profiles businesses, along with the Company’s Pfeiffer brand, represent the Company’s 
professional training and assessment services. These businesses offer a variety of classroom learning solutions 
and  online  training  and  assessment  activities  that  are  delivered  to  customers  directly  through  online  digital 
delivery platforms and also through an authorized distributor network of independent consultants, trainers and 
coaches. The Company’s professional training and assessment services offer highly flexible packages, modules 
for  its  customers  that  include  online  pre-work  and  profile  assessments,  self-study  materials,  online  videos, 
mobile apps and other sophisticated planning tools. Revenue for these products and services are deferred until 
the  Company’s  obligation  has  been  performed,  typically  when  an  online  training  program  and/or  assessment 
has been completed or over the timeframe covered by a license to use the online training and study materials. 
Online  Training  and  Assessment  revenue  was  approximately  $40.2  million  in  fiscal  year  2014  or  2%  of  the 
Company’s consolidated revenue.  

Online Program Management (Deltak): 

As  student  demand  continues  to  drive  traditional  schools  to  offer  online  degree  and  certificate  programs, 
institutions are partnering with online program management businesses to develop and support these programs.  
As a result of the Deltak acquisition, the Company has entered this high-growth market, accelerated its digital 
learning strategy and diversified the service offerings of its Education business to include both operational and 
academic  solutions  for  higher  education  institutions.  Through  Deltak,  the  Company  acquired  capabilities  and 
technologies for its expansion into custom online course and curriculum development.  Deltak’s online program 
management revenue is derived from pre-negotiated contracts with institutions that provide for a share of tuition 

- 23 - 

 
generated from students who enroll in programs that Deltak develops and manages for its institutional partners. 
Service  covered  under  contracts  with  institutions  include  market  research,  marketing,  student  recruitment, 
enrollment  support,  proactive  retention  support,  academic  services  to  design  courses,  faculty  support  and 
access to the Deltak Engage Learning Management System. Online program management revenue is deferred 
and recognized over the timeframe that each student is enrolled in the online program. The Company currently 
supports 37 university partners with 122 online revenue-generating programs and 52 programs under contract 
and in development but not yet generating revenue. Online Program Management revenue was approximately 
$70.2 million in fiscal year 2014 or 4% of the Company’s consolidated revenue.  

WileyPLUS: 

Through Education’s WileyPLUS platform, the Company offers an online environment for effective teaching and 
learning that is fully integrated with a complete digital textbook. WileyPLUS improves student learning through 
instant feedback, personalized learning plans, and self-evaluation tools as well as a full range of course-oriented 
activities,  including  online  planning,  presentations,  study,  homework  and  testing.    WileyPLUS  revenue  is 
deferred  and  recognized  over  the  timeframe  that  each  student  is  enrolled  in  the  online  course.  WileyPLUS 
revenue was approximately $49.5 million in fiscal year 2014 or 3% of the Company’s consolidated revenue. 

Advertising Revenue: 

The  Company  generates  advertising  revenue  from  print  and  online  journal  subscription  products;  its  online 
publishing platform, Wiley Online Library; the Wiley Job Network, a full service online job board; online events 
such  as  webinars  and  virtual  conferences;  community  interest  websites  such  as  spectroscopyNOW.com  and 
websites  for  the  Company’s  leading  brands  like  Dummies.com.  These  revenues  accounted  for  approximately 
2% of the Company’s consolidated fiscal year 2014 revenue.   

Advertisements  are  sold  by  company  and  independent  sales  representatives  to  advertising  agencies 
representing the Company’s target customers. Typical customers include worldwide pharmaceutical companies; 
equipment  manufacturers  and  distributors  servicing  the  pharmaceutical  industry;  recruiters;  and  a  variety  of 
businesses  targeting  the  Company’s  leading  brand  customers.  The  Company’s  advertising  growth  strategy 
focuses  on  increasing  the  volume  of  advertising  on  its  online  publishing  platform;  leveraging  the  brand 
recognition  of  its  titles  and  society  partnerships;  the  development  of  new  advertising  products  such  as  online 
video promotions or event sponsorship arrangements; and advertising in new and emerging technologies such 
as the mobile devices market (i.e. applications for smartphones and tablets). 

Global Operations 

The  Company’s  publications  and  services  are  sold  throughout  most  of  the  world  through  operations  primarily 
located  in  Europe,  Canada,  Australia,  Asia,  and  the  United  States.    All  operations  market  their  indigenous 
publications, as well as publications produced by other publishing locations of the Company. The Company also 
markets publications through independent agents as well as independent sales representatives in countries not 
served  by  the  Company.  John  Wiley  &  Sons  International  Rights,  Inc.,  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the 
Company, sells reprint and translations rights worldwide. The Company publishes or licenses others to publish 
its  products,  which  are  distributed  throughout  the  world  in  many  languages.  Approximately  47%  of  the 
Company’s consolidated fiscal year 2014 revenue was billed in non-U.S. markets. 

The global nature of the Company’s business creates an exposure to foreign currency fluctuations relative to the 
U.S dollar. Each of the Company’s geographic locations sells products worldwide in multiple currencies. Fiscal 

- 24 - 

 
year  2014  revenue  was  recognized  in  the  following  currencies  (on  an  equivalent  U.S.  dollar  basis): 
approximately 56% U.S dollar; 28% British pound sterling; 9% euro and 7% other currencies. 

Competition and Economic Drivers within the Publishing Industry 

The  sectors  of  the  publishing  and  information  services  industry  in  which  the  Company  is  engaged  are 
competitive.  The  principal  competitive  criteria  for  the  publishing  industry  are  considered  to  be  the  following: 
product  quality,  customer  service,  suitability  of  format  and  subject  matter,  author  reputation,  price,  timely 
availability of both new titles and revisions of existing books, digital availability of published products, and timely 
delivery of products to customers. 

The  Company  is  in  the  top  rank  of  publishers  of  research  journals  worldwide,  a  leading  commercial  research 
chemistry  publisher;  the  leading  professional  society  journal  publisher;  one  of  the  leading  publishers  of 
university and college textbooks and related materials for the “hardside” disciplines, (i.e. sciences, engineering, 
and  mathematics),  and  a  leading  publisher  in  its  targeted  Professional  Development  markets.  The  Company 
knows  of  no  reliable  industry  statistics  that  would  enable  it  to  determine  its  share  of  the  various  international 
markets in which it operates. 

Performance Measurements 

The Company measures its performance based upon revenue, operating income, earnings per share and cash 
flow,  excluding  unusual  or  one-time  events,  and  considering  worldwide  and  regional  economic  and  market 
conditions. The Company evaluates market share statistics for publishing programs in each of its businesses.  
Research uses various reports to monitor competitor performance and industry financial metrics.  Specifically for 
Research journal titles, the Thomson Reuters® Journal Citation Reports are used as a key metric of a journal 
title’s  influence  in  scientific  publishing.  For  Professional  Development,  the  Company  evaluates  market  share 
statistics periodically published by BOOKSCAN, a statistical clearinghouse for book industry point of sale data in 
the  United  States.  The  statistics  include  survey  data  from  all  major  retail  outlets,  online  booksellers,  mass 
merchandisers,  small  chain  and  independent  retail  outlets.  For  Education,  the  Company  subscribes  to 
Management  Practices  Inc.,  which  publishes  customized  comparative  sales  reports,  and  also  uses  industry 
statistics and reports produced by the Association of American Publishers.  

Results of Operations 

Throughout  this  report,  references  to  variances  “excluding  foreign  exchange”,  “currency  neutral  basis”  and 
“performance  basis”  exclude  both  foreign  currency  translation  effects  and  transactional  gains  and  losses. 
Foreign  currency  translation  effects  are  based  on  the  change  in  average  exchange  rates  for  each  reporting 
period multiplied by the current period’s volume of activity in local currency for each non-U.S. location.  For fiscal 
years 2014 and 2013, the average exchange rates to convert British pounds sterling to U.S. dollars were 1.60 
and  1.58,  respectively;  the  average  exchange  rates  to  convert  euros  into  U.S.  dollars  were  1.35  and  1.29, 
respectively; and the average exchange rates to convert Australian dollars into U.S. dollars were 0.93 and 1.03, 
respectively. Unless otherwise noted, all variance explanations below are on a currency neutral basis. 

- 25 - 

 
 
 
FISCAL YEAR 2014 SUMMARY RESULTS 

Revenue: 

Revenue for fiscal year 2014 increased 1% to $1,775.2 million.  The growth mainly reflects incremental revenue 
from  the  acquisitions  of  Deltak  ($31  million),  ELS  ($4  million)  and  Profiles  ($2  million);  growth  in  journal 
subscriptions ($23 million); and growth in digital books ($20 million) and other digital products, partially offset by 
a  reduction  in  revenue  due  to  the  divestment  of  the  consumer  publishing  programs  in  fiscal  year  2013  ($46 
million) and declines in print book revenue in each of the three businesses ($50 million).  Deltak and ELS were 
acquired  by  the  Company  in  October  and  November  2012,  respectively,  while  Profiles  was  acquired  in  April 
2014. 

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit: 

Cost of Sales for fiscal year 2014 decreased 5% to $506.9 million.  The decrease reflects a reduction in costs 
due to the divestment of the consumer publishing programs ($30 million), restructuring and other cost savings 
($5 million) and other, mainly lower cost digital products ($7 million), partially offset by higher royalty rates on 
society owned journals ($10 million) and incremental operating costs from acquisitions ($9 million).  

Gross profit for fiscal year 2014 of 71.4% was 160 basis points higher than prior year due to the impact of the 
divested consumer publishing programs (90 basis points), restructuring and other cost savings (30 basis points), 
incremental  revenue  from  higher  margin  acquisitions  (20  basis  points)  and  digital  products,  partially  offset  by 
higher royalty rates on society owned journals (60 basis points). 

Operating and Administrative Expenses: 

Operating and administrative expenses for fiscal year 2014 increased 4% to $969.5 million.  The increase was 
mainly  driven  by  incremental  operating  and  administrative  expenses  from  acquisitions  ($29  million);  higher 
employment costs ($32 million) including accrued incentive compensation; higher technology costs ($26 million); 
and  higher  operating  expenses  to  support  business  growth  in  Deltak  ($6  million);  and  other,  mainly  lower 
property  tax  incentives  ($4  million),  partially  offset  by  restructuring  and  other  cost  savings  ($46  million)  and  a 
reduction related to the divestment of the consumer publishing programs ($15 million).   

Restructuring Charges: 

In fiscal years 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $42.7 million, or $28.3 
million  after  tax  ($0.48  per  share)  and  $29.3  million,  or  $19.8  million  after  tax  ($0.33  per  share),  respectively, 
which are described in more detail below: 

Restructuring and Reinvestment Program 

In  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  initiated  a  program  (the  “Restructuring  and  Reinvestment  Program”)  to 
restructure and realign its cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. A portion of the costs 
savings will improve margin and earnings while the remainder will be reinvested in high growth digital business 
opportunities. The restructuring programs generated approximately $46 million in cost savings during fiscal year 
2014, a portion of which was reinvested into higher growth digital opportunities as planned.  

- 26 - 

 
 
 
The following table summarizes the pre-tax restructuring charges related to this program (in thousands): 

Charges by Segment: 
   Research 
   Professional Development 
   Education 
   Shared Services 
Total Restructuring Charges 

Charges by Activity: 
   Severance 
   Process reengineering consulting 
   Other activities 
Total Restructuring Charges 

2014 

2013 

Total Charges 
Incurred to Date 

$7,774 
11,860 
891 
22,197 
$42,722 

$25,962 
8,556 
8,204 
$42,722 

$2,896 
6,284 
1,118 
14,154 
$24,452 

$19,706 
2,618 
2,128 
$24,452 

$10,670 
18,144 
2,009 
36,351 
$67,174 

$45,668 
11,174 
10,332 
$67,174 

The  fiscal  year  2014  Restructuring  Charges  for  Research  and  Professional  Development  are  net  of  credits  of 
approximately  $1.0  million  and  $1.2  million,  respectively,  related  to  the  reversal  of  severance  provisions 
previously  recorded  by  the  Company.    The  credits  reflect  employees  who  have  accepted  different  positions 
within  the Company,  or who  voluntarily  resigned. Other  Activities  for  fiscal  year 2014  mainly  reflect  lease  and 
include 
other  contract 
termination/curtailment costs related to the U.S. defined benefit pension plan.  The cumulative charge recorded 
to-date related to the Restructuring and Reinvestment Program of $67.2 million is expected to be fully recovered 
by fiscal year 2015. 

fiscal  year  2013  Other  Activities  principally 

termination  costs,  while 

the 

Other Restructuring Programs 

As  part  of  the  Company’s  ongoing  transition  and  transformation  to  digital  products  and  services,  certain 
activities were identified in the first quarter of fiscal year 2013 that were discontinued, outsourced, or relocated 
to lower cost regions.  As a result, the Company recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge of approximately $4.8 
million, or $3.5 million after tax ($0.06 per share), in fiscal year 2013 for redundancy and separation benefits.  
Approximately  $3.0  million,  $1.3  million  and  $0.2  million  of  the  restructuring  charge  was  recorded  within  the 
Research,  PD  and  Education  reporting  segments,  respectively,  with  the  remainder  recognized  in  Shared 
Service costs.  The charge was fully recovered as of April 30, 2014. 

Impairment Charges: 

In fiscal years 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded pre-tax impairment charges of $4.8 million, or $3.4 million 
after tax ($0.06 per share) and $30.7 million, or $21.0 million after tax ($0.35 per share), respectively, which are 
described in more detail below: 

Fiscal Year 2014 

Technology Investments 

In  fiscal  year  2014,  the  Company  terminated  a  multi-year  software  development  program  for  an  internal 
operations application due to a change in the Company’s longer-term enterprise systems plans. As a result, the 
Company recorded an asset impairment charge for previously capitalized software costs related to the program 
of $4.8 million, or $3.4 million after tax ($0.06 per share). 

- 27 - 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year 2013 

Consumer Publishing Programs 

The  Company  began  accounting  for  its  culinary,  CliffsNotes,  and  Webster’s  New  World  Dictionary  consumer 
publishing  programs  as  Assets  Held  for  Sale  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2013.  Accordingly,  the 
Company recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $12.1 million, or $7.5 million after tax ($0.12 per share), in 
the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2013  to  reduce  the  carrying  value  of  the  assets  within  these  programs  to 
approximately $9.9 million, which represented their fair value based on the estimated sales price, less costs to 
sell. As discussed in Note 8, on November 5, 2012, the Company completed a sale to Houghton Mifflin Harcourt 
for $11.0 million in cash, which approximated the carrying value of related assets sold. In addition, in the second 
quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $3.4 million, or $2.1 million 
after  tax  ($0.04  per  share)  to  reduce  the  carrying  value  of  inventory  and  royalty  advances  within  its  other 
consumer publishing programs to their estimated realizable value. 

Controlled Circulation Publishing Assets 

In  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  identified  certain  controlled  circulation  publishing  programs  that  no  longer 
aligned with the Company’s long-term strategy, shifting key resources from these programs to other publishing 
programs  within  the  Research  segment.  As  a  result,  the  Company  performed  an  impairment  test  on  the 
intangible assets related to these controlled circulation publishing programs in fiscal year 2013, which resulted in 
a  $9.9  million  pre-tax  impairment  charge,  or  $8.2  million  after  tax  ($0.14  per  share).  The  intangible  assets 
principally  consisted  of  acquired  publication  rights.  The  impairment  charge  resulted  in  a  full  write-off  of  the 
carrying  value  of  these  intangible  assets  based  on  their  estimated  fair  values as determined  by  the Company 
utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis. 

Technology Investments 

In fiscal year 2013, the Company identified certain technology investments which no longer fit the Company’s 
technology  strategy.  As  a  result,  the  Company  recorded  an  asset  impairment  charge  of  $5.3  million,  or  $3.2 
million after-tax ($0.05 per share), to write-off the full carrying value of the related assets.   

Amortization of Intangibles: 

Amortization  of  intangibles  increased  $2.7  million  to  $44.7  million  in  fiscal  year  2014  mainly  driven  by 
incremental amortization related to the fiscal year 2013 acquisition of Deltak. 

Gain (Net of Losses) on Sale of Consumer Publishing Programs: 

Sale of Travel Publishing Program: 

On  August  31,  2012,  the  Company  sold  its  travel  publishing  program,  including  all  of  its  interests  in  the 
Frommer’s, Unofficial Guides, and WhatsonWhen brands to Google, Inc. (“Google”) for $22 million in cash, of 
which  $3.3  million  was  held  in  escrow.  The  escrow  was  released  to  the  Company  in  fiscal  year  2014.  As  a 
result, the Company recorded a $9.8 million pre-tax gain on the sale, or $6.2 million after tax ($0.10 per share), 
fiscal  year  2013.  In  connection  with  the  sale,  the  Company  also  entered  into  a  transition  services  agreement 
which ended on December 31, 2013.  Fees earned by the Company in fiscal year 2013 in connection with the 
service agreement were $0.5 million.  

Sale of Culinary, CliffsNotes and Webster’s New World Publishing Programs: 

On November 5, 2012, the Company completed the sale of the Company’s culinary, CliffsNotes, and Webster’s 
New World Dictionary consumer publishing programs to Houghton Mifflin Harcourt (“HMH”) for $11.0 million in 

- 28 - 

 
cash, which approximated the carrying value of related assets sold, of which $1.1 million was held in escrow. 
The escrow was released to the Company in May 2014. In connection with the sale, the Company also entered 
into a transition services agreement which ended on March 5, 2013.  Fees earned by the Company in fiscal year 
2013 in connection with the service agreement were approximately $1.5 million. 

Sale of Other Consumer Publishing Programs: 

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  completed  the  sale  of  its  other  consumer  publishing 
programs  to  various  buyers  for  approximately  $1  million  in  cash  and  a  limited  future  royalty  interest.  The 
Company recorded a $3.8 million pre-tax loss on the sales, or $3.6 million after tax ($0.06 per share) in fiscal 
year 2013. 

Interest Expense/Income, Foreign Exchange and Other: 

Interest expense for fiscal year 2014 increased $0.8 million to $13.9 million.  The increase was driven by higher 
average  debt  mainly  due  to  acquisition  financing  ($2  million),  partially  offset  by  lower  interest  rates.    The 
Company’s average cost of borrowing in fiscal years 2014 and 2013 was 1.8% and 2.0%, respectively.  In fiscal 
year 2013, the Company recognized foreign exchange transaction losses of $2.0 million mainly on intercompany 
debt. 

Provision for Income Taxes: 

The  effective  tax  rate  for  fiscal  year  2014  was  17.9%  compared  to  22.8%  in  the  prior  year.    During  the  first 
quarters of fiscal years 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded non-cash deferred tax benefits of $10.6 million 
($0.18 per share) and $8.4 million ($0.14 per share), respectively, principally associated with new tax legislation 
enacted  in  the  United  Kingdom  (“U.K.”)  that  reduced  the  U.K.  statutory  income  tax  rates  by  3%  and  2%, 
respectively. The benefits recognized by the Company reflect the remeasurement of all applicable U.K. deferred 
tax  balances  to  the  new  income  tax  rates  of  21%  effective  April  1,  2014  and  20%  effective  April  1,  2015.    In 
fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded a tax charge of $2.1 million ($0.04 per share) due to changes in the 
Company’s ability to take certain deductions in the U.S.  Excluding the impact of the tax benefits and charges 
described above, the Company’s effective tax rate decreased from 26.2% to 23.3% principally due to a higher 
proportion  of  income  from  lower  tax  jurisdictions;  lower  U.K.  income  tax  rates  and  a  $2.5  million  tax  reserve 
release in the current year. 

Earnings Per Share: 

Earnings per diluted share for fiscal year 2014 increased 13% to $2.70 per share due to the favorable impact of 
foreign exchange ($0.02 per share); lower impairment charges ($0.29 per share); higher deferred tax benefits 
related to the changes in the U.K. corporate income tax rates ($0.04 per share); and the prior year tax charge 
($0.04 per share), partially offset by higher restructuring charges ($0.15 per share) and the prior year gain (net 
of  losses)  on  sale  of  the  consumer  publishing  programs  ($0.04  per  share).    In  addition,  higher  margin  digital 
revenue,  restructuring  savings  and  lower  tax  rates  were  partially  offset  by  higher  accrued  incentive 
compensation and technology costs.  

- 29 - 

 
 
 
FISCAL YEAR 2014 SEGMENT RESULTS: 

RESEARCH: 

Dollars in thousands 
Journal Subscriptions 
Print Books 
Digital Books 
Open Access 
Other Publishing Income 
TOTAL REVENUE 

Cost of Sales 

GROSS PROFIT 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 
Impairment Charges (see Note 7) 

DIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT 

Direct Contribution Margin 

Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services  
Occupancy and Other 

CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT  
Contribution Margin  

 2014 
$667,313
114,135
47,693
17,673
197,535
$1,044,349

 2013 
$641,584 
127,894 
36,856 
6,221 
197,270 
$1,009,825 

   % change
% change  w/o FX (a)
4% 
-11% 
27% 
184% 
0% 
3% 

4% 
-11% 
29% 
184% 
0% 
3% 

(280,802)

(271,402) 

$763,547
73.1%

(280,443)
(28,191)
(7,774)
-

$447,139
42.8%

(44,229)
(73,238)
(21,779)
$307,893
29.5%

$738,423 
73.1% 

(274,716) 
(26,916) 
(5,911) 
(9,917) 

$420,963 
41.7% 

(46,009) 
(66,105) 
(22,343) 
$286,506 
28.4% 

3% 

3% 

2% 
5% 

3% 

3% 

1% 
4% 

6% 

4% 

-4% 
11% 
-3% 
7% 

-4% 
10% 
-3% 
4% 

(a)    Adjusted  to  exclude  the  fiscal  year  2014  and  2013  Restructuring  Charges  and  the  fiscal  year  2013 
Impairment Charges 

Revenue: 

Research  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2014  increased  3%  to  $1,044.3  million.    The  growth  was  mainly  driven  by 
Journal Subscriptions, Digital Books and Open Access fees, partially offset by a decline in Print Books. Journal 
Subscription revenue  growth  was  driven  by  new  society  business ($10  million),  new  subscriptions ($9 million) 
and the timing of revenue associated with a pilot for a new subscription licensing model ($3 million). As noted in 
the  prior  fiscal  year,  a  change  in  subscription  licensing  terms  for  a  group  of  customers  affected  the  timing  of 
subscription revenue but had no impact on full calendar year revenue. As of April 30, 2014, calendar year 2014 
journal subscription renewals were up approximately 2% over calendar year 2013 on a constant currency basis 
with 96% of targeted business closed for the 2014 calendar year.  

The  decline  in  Print  Books  ($14  million)  was  partially  offset  by  growth  in  Digital  Books  ($10  million)  reflecting 
customers’  preference  for  digital  books.  Open  Access  revenue,  which  represents  article  publication  fees  from 
authors that provide immediate free access to the author’s article on the Company’s website, grew $11.5 million 
in fiscal year 2014. Other publishing income, which includes journal page and color charges, advertising, sale of 
rights,  journal  backfiles  and  reprints,  was  flat  with  the  prior  year  as  revenue  from  new  society  business  ($4 
million) was offset by lower advertising revenue ($4 million). 

- 30 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue by Subject and Region is as follows: 

Revenue by Subject Category: 

Medicine 
Physical Sciences & Engineering 
Life Sciences 
Social Sciences & Humanities 
Other 

Total Revenue 

Revenue by Region: 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Total Revenue 

 2014 

 2013 

% of 
Revenue 

% change 
w/o FX 

 $297,775 
 293,592 
 262,029 
 187,092 
 3,861 
 $1,044,349 

 $298,241 
 283,626 
 238,960 
 185,355 
 3,643 
 $1,009,825 

 $408,001 
 578,099 
 58,249 
 $1,044,349 

 $388,217 
 557,280 
 64,328 
 $1,009,825 

29% 
28% 
25% 
18% 
0% 
100% 

39% 
55% 
6% 
100% 

0% 
2% 
9% 
1% 
6% 
3% 

5% 
2% 
-2% 
3% 

The  growth  in  Life  Sciences  revenue  was  mainly  driven  by  the  acquisition  of  publication  rights  from  the 
American Geophysical Union (“AGU”) effective January 1, 2013. AGU is one of the world’s leading societies of 
Earth and Space science.  

Cost of Sales: 

Cost  of  Sales  for  fiscal  year  2014  increased  3%  to  $280.8  million  mainly  driven  by  higher  royalties  on  new 
society business ($10 million) and higher Journal Subscription volume ($7 million), partially offset by lower cost 
digital products ($6 million) and cost savings initiatives ($4 million). 

Gross Profit: 

Gross Profit Margin for fiscal year 2014 of 73.1% was flat with the prior year as higher margin digital revenue 
and cost savings initiatives were offset by higher royalty rates on new society journals (100 basis points). 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct Expenses for fiscal year 2014 increased 2% to $280.4 million, or 1% excluding the unfavorable impact of 
foreign  exchange.  The  increase  was  driven  by  higher  accrued  incentive  compensation  ($5  million);  and  other 
employment costs ($4 million); higher editorial costs due to new society business ($2 million); partially offset by 
restructuring  and  other  cost  savings  ($7  million).  Functionally,  Direct  Expenses  for  fiscal  year  2014  included 
editorial/composition  (67%);  marketing/sales  (29%);  and  administrative  and  other  (4%)  costs,  while  fiscal  year 
2013 included editorial/composition (67%); marketing/sales (31%); and administrative and other (2%) costs. 

Amortization  of  Intangibles  increased  $1.3  million  to  $28.2  million  in  fiscal  year  2014  mainly  due  to  the 
acquisition of publication rights for new society journals. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution to Profit for fiscal year 2014 increased 7% to $307.9 million, or 4% excluding the favorable impact 
of  foreign  exchange,  current  and  prior  year  Restructuring  Charges  and  the  prior  year  Impairment  Charges.  
Contribution  Margin  increased  110  basis  points  to  29.5%,  or  40  basis  points  on  a  currency  neutral  basis  and 
excluding  the  Restructuring  and  Impairment  Charges.  Revenue  growth,  restructuring  savings  and  lower 
distribution  costs  were  partially  offset  by  higher  Technology  costs  and  higher  employment  costs,  including 
accrued incentive compensation. 

- 31 - 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Society Partnerships 

  7 new society journals were signed with combined annual revenue of approximately $11 million 
  85 renewals/extensions were signed with approximately $40 million in combined annual revenue 
  11 journals were lost or not renewed with combined annual revenue of approximately $7 million   

Impact Factors 

In July 2013, Wiley announced a continued increase in the proportion of its journal titles indexed in the Thomson 
Reuters®  2012  Journal  Citation  Reports  (JCR),  with  1,192  (approximately  77%)  titles  now  indexed,  up  from 
1,156 in the 2011 JCR. Wiley titles now account for the largest share of indexed journals in 50 categories.  In 
addition,  one-in-five  Wiley  journals  is  now  ranked  in  the  top  10  of  their  respective  categories.  The  Thomson 
Reuters index is an important barometer of journal quality.   

Other Key Developments 

 

  Wiley and Information Handling Services Inc. (NYSE: IHS), a global informatics company, announced a 
licensing agreement in August 2013. Under the agreement, IHS will add Wiley digital books, databases 
and major reference works to IHS’s collection of technical documents spanning engineering standards 
and related industry and technical knowledge.    
In January 2014, Wiley announced a collaboration with the technology company Knode Inc. (“Knode”) to 
provide customized portals  to  learned  societies  and other  academic  organizations worldwide.    Wiley’s 
cloud-based  portal  is  populated  with  more  than  20  million  documents  and  millions  of  expert  profiles. 
Researchers are using Knode to find experts, identify and connect with collaborators, and promote their 
expertise  to  the  world.  For  society  executives  and  institutional  research  managers,  custom  analytics 
provide aggregated views of research expertise and output. 

- 32 - 

 
 
 
PROFFESIONAL DEVELOPMENT (PD): 

Dollars in thousands 
Print Books 
Digital Books 
Online Training & Assessment 
Other Publishing Income  
Divested Consumer Publishing Programs 
TOTAL REVENUE 

Cost of Sales 

GROSS PROFIT 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses  
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 
Impairment of Consumer Publishing Programs (see Note 7) 
Net Gain on Sale of Consumer Publishing Programs (see 
Note 8) 

DIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT 

Direct Contribution Margin 

Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services  
Occupancy and Other 

CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT 
Contribution Margin  

 2014 
 $236,317 
 47,747 
 40,201 
 39,604 
 - 
 $363,869 

 2013 
$257,842 
43,251 
29,854 
39,993 
45,555 
$416,495 

  % change
% change w/o FX (a)
-8% 
10% 
35% 
0% 

-8% 
10% 
35% 
-1% 

-13% 

-12% 

(111,911)

(151,239) 

-26% 

-26% 

$251,958
69.2%

(134,408)
(6,965)
(11,860)
-

$265,256 
63.7% 

(153,411) 
(8,092) 
(7,537) 
(15,521) 

-

5,983 

$98,725
27.1%

$86,678 
20.8% 

-5% 

-5% 

-12% 
-14% 

-12% 
-14% 

14% 

7% 

(36,158)
(31,599)
(10,586)
$20,382
5.6%

(40,664) 
(29,187) 
(11,381) 
$5,446 
1.3% 

-11% 
8% 
-7% 
274% 

-10% 
8% 
-6% 
44% 

(a)    Adjusted  to  exclude  the  fiscal  year  2014  and  2013  Restructuring  Charges  and  the  fiscal  year  2013  Impairment 

Charges and Net Gain on Sale of the Consumer Publishing Programs 

Revenue: 

PD revenue for fiscal year 2014 decreased 13% to $363.9 million, or 12% excluding the unfavorable impact of 
foreign exchange.  The decline was driven by the divestment of the consumer publishing programs in fiscal year 
2013 ($46 million) and declines in Print Book revenue ($21 million), partially offset by growth in Online Training 
and  Assessment  revenue  ($10  million)  and  Digital  Books  ($4  million).  Excluding  divested  consumer  title 
revenue,  Print  book  revenue  of  $236.3  million  decreased  8%  in  fiscal  year  2014  reflecting  lower  demand  for 
technology titles due to weak consumer acceptance of recent software releases and the planned reduction of 
certain  non-divested  consumer  titles.  Online  Training  and  Assessment  revenue  growth  reflects  incremental 
revenue  from  the  acquisitions  of  ELS  ($4  million)  and  Profiles  ($2  million);  higher  revenue  from  Inscape  ($3 
million); and growth in other Online Training and Assessment products ($1 million).  

- 33 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue by Subject and Region is as follows: 

Revenue by Subject Category: 

Business and Finance 
Technology 
Consumer 
Professional Education 
Architecture  
Psychology 
Other 
Divested Consumer Publishing Programs 

Total Revenue 

Revenue by Region: 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales: 

 2014 

 2013 

% of 
Revenue 

% change 
w/o FX 

 $170,870 
 77,229 
 40,867 
 29,209 
 22,365 
 16,290 
 7,039 
 - 
 $363,869 

 $162,602  
 86,431  
 45,675  
 27,722  
 23,284  
 17,014  
 8,212  
 45,555  
 $416,495  

47% 
21% 
11% 
8% 
6% 
4% 
3% 

5% 
-10% 
-10% 
6% 
-4% 
-4% 
-9% 

100% 

-2% 

 $285,376 
 54,240 
 24,253 
 $363,869 

 $328,593  
 57,243  
 30,659  
 $416,495  

78% 
15% 
7% 
100% 

-13% 
-7% 
-16% 
-12% 

Cost  of  Sales  for  fiscal  year  2014  decreased  26%  to  $111.9  million.    The  decline  was  driven  by  the  divested 
consumer publishing programs ($30 million), lower cost digital products ($6 million) and lower print book sales 
volume  in  the  continuing  business  ($4  million),  partially  offset  by  incremental  costs  associated  with  the  ELS 
acquisition ($1 million). 

Gross Profit: 

Gross Profit Margin increased from 63.7% to 69.2% in fiscal year 2014.  The improvement was mainly driven by 
the divestment of the low margin consumer publishing programs (360 basis points), higher margin revenue from 
the  ELS  and  Profiles  acquisitions  (20  basis  points)  and  higher  margin  digital  products  and  cost  reduction 
initiatives. 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct expenses for fiscal year 2014 declined 12% to $134.4 million.  The decrease was driven by restructuring 
and  other  cost  savings  ($16  million)  and  the  divestment  of  the  consumer  publishing  programs  ($15  million), 
partially offset by incremental costs from the ELS and Profiles acquisitions ($5 million), employment costs ($3 
million), business transformation consulting costs ($2 million) and higher other costs, mainly promotion costs for 
digital  products  ($2  million).  Functionally,  Direct  Expenses  for  fiscal  year  2014  included  editorial/composition 
(50%);  marketing/sales  (43%);  and  administrative  and  other  (7%)  costs,  while  fiscal  year  2013  included 
editorial/composition (52%); marketing/sales (41%); and administrative and other (7%) costs. 

Amortization of intangibles decreased $1.1 million to $7.0 million in fiscal year 2014 principally due to intangible 
assets that have become fully amortized. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution  to  Profit  increased  from  $5.4  million  to  $20.4  million  in  fiscal  year  2014.    Contribution  Margin 
increased from 1.3% to 5.6% in fiscal year 2014.  Excluding the current and prior year Restructuring Charges, 
the prior year Impairment Charge and the Net Gain on Sale of the Consumer Publishing Programs, Contribution 

- 34 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Margin  increased  350  basis  points  mainly  due  to  online  training  and  assessment  growth;  digital  margin 
improvement; partially offset by higher employment and technology costs. 

Acquisitions 

  On  January  13,  2014,  Wiley  acquired  the  assets  of  Elan  Guides,  an  early-stage  Chartered  Financial 
Analyst (“CFA”) test preparation company. Elan’s CFA materials will be incorporated into Wiley’s CPA 
Excel test preparation platform. Terms were not disclosed.  

  On April 1, 2014, the Company acquired Profiles International (“Profiles”) for approximately $48 million 
in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired.  Profiles  provides  pre-employment  assessment  and  selection  tools  that 
enable  employers  to  optimize  candidate  selections  and  develop  the  full  potential  of  their  employees. 
Solutions  include  pre-hire  assessments,  including  those  designed  to  measure  and  match  personality, 
knowledge, skills, managerial fit, loyalty, and values; and post-hire assessments, focused on measuring 
sales and managerial effectiveness, employee performance and career potential.  Founded in 1991 and 
based  in  Waco,  Texas,  Profiles  has  served  more  than  40,000  enterprise  clients  and  millions  of  end 
users  in  over  120  countries,  with  assessments  available  in  32  languages.  Profiles  reported 
approximately $27 million of revenue and over $5 million of EBITDA in its fiscal year ended December 
31, 2013.   

for  approximately  $175  million 

that  offers  subscription-based,  digital 

  On  May  1,  2014,  just  after  the  close  of  the  Company’s  fiscal  year  2014,  the  Company  acquired 
CrossKnowledge  Group  Limited  (“CrossKnowledge”) 
in  cash. 
CrossKnowledge  is  a  learning  solutions  provider  focused  on  leadership  and  managerial  skills 
for  global  corporations, 
development 
universities, and small and medium-sized enterprises. CrossKnowledge’s solutions include managerial 
and leadership skills assessments, courses, certifications, content and executive training programs that 
are  delivered  on  a  cloud-based  platform  providing  over  17,000  learning  objects  in  17  languages.  
Solutions  can  be  readily  customized  for  each  individual  client,  providing  employees  with  access  to 
relevant learning and development resources in a tailored online experience.  CrossKnowledge serves 
over  five  million  end-users  in  80  countries  speaking  17  languages.  CrossKnowledge  reported 
approximately  $37  million  of  revenue and  over  $9  million  of  EBITDA  in  its  fiscal  year  ended  June  30, 
2013. 

learning  solutions 

- 35 - 

 
 
 
EDUCATION: 

Dollars in thousands 
Print Textbooks 
Binder and Custom Products 
Online Program Management (Deltak) 
Digital Books 
WileyPlus 
Other Publishing Income 
TOTAL REVENUE 

Cost of Sales 

GROSS PROFIT 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 

DIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT 

Direct Contribution Margin 

Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services  
Occupancy and Other 

CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT  
Contribution Margin  

 2014 
$163,153
43,556
70,188
30,136
49,457
10,487
$366,977

2013 
$184,131
39,315
33,745
25,359
40,989
10,919
$334,458

(114,174)

(109,588)

$252,803
68.9%

(134,429)
(9,527)
(891)

$107,956
29.4%

(15,286)
(34,401)
(8,401)
$49,868
13.6%

$224,870
67.2%

(112,779)
(6,975)
(1,288)

$103,828
31.0%

(15,277)
(30,727)
(7,079)
$50,745
15.2%

% change 
-11% 
11% 

% change 
w/o FX (a) 
-9%
11%

19% 
21% 
-4% 
10% 

4% 

12% 

19% 
37% 

4% 

0% 
12% 
19% 
-2% 

21%
22%
2%
12%

6%

15%

21%
37%

7%

3%
13%
23%
2%

(a)   Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2014 and 2013 Restructuring Charges 

Revenue: 

Education  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2014  increased  10%  to  $367.0  million,  or  12%  excluding  the  unfavorable 
impact  of  foreign  exchange.    The  growth  was  driven  by  $36  million  of  incremental  revenue  from  Deltak  ($31 
million  due  to  acquisition),  higher  revenue  from  WileyPLUS  ($9  million),  Binder  and  Custom  Products  ($4 
million) and Digital Books ($5 million), partially offset by a decline in Print Textbooks ($15 million).  The decline 
in Print Textbooks reflects student preference for digital products, including WileyPLUS. 

Online Program Management (Deltak): 

Deltak accounted for 19% of total Education revenue in fiscal year 2014 compared to 10% in the prior year.  As 
of April 30, 2014, Deltak had 37 institutions under contract, 122 programs generating revenue and 52 programs 
under  contract  and  in  development  but  not  yet  generating  revenue.  As  of  April  30,  2013,  Deltak  had  31 
institutions  under  contract,  100  programs  generating  revenue  and  46  in  development  but  not  yet  generating 
revenue. 

- 36 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue by Subject and Region is as follows:  

Revenue by Subject Category: 

Business 
Sciences 
Social Sciences 
Engineering & Computer Science 
Mathematics & Statistics 
Schools (Australia K-12) 
Online Program Management (Deltak) 
Other 

Total Revenue 

Revenue by Region: 

Americas 
EMEA 
Asia-Pacific 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales 

 2014 

 2013 

% of 
Revenue 

% change 
w/o FX 

 $82,841 
 62,063 
 47,563 
 37,859 
 24,720 
 27,229 
 70,188 
 14,514 
 $366,977 

 $288,329 
 19,334 
 59,314 
 $366,977 

 $78,599  
 62,240  
 49,194  
 43,247  
 23,631  
 28,081  
 33,745  
 15,721  
 $334,458  

 $250,598  
 19,388  
 64,472  
 $334,458  

23% 
17% 
13% 
10% 
7% 
7% 
19% 
4% 
100% 

79% 
5% 
16% 
100% 

7% 
1% 
-2% 
-11% 
5% 
9% 

-4% 
12% 

15% 
-1% 
1% 
12% 

Cost  of  Sales  for  fiscal  year  2014  increased  4%  to  $114.2  million,  or  6%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign exchange.  The increase was mainly driven by incremental costs from the Deltak acquisition ($7 million), 
partially offset by restructuring savings ($1 million). 

Gross Profit: 

Gross  Profit  Margin  for  fiscal  year  2014  improved  170  basis  points  to  68.9%  principally  due  to  the  Deltak 
acquisition (130 basis points) and higher margin digital products (40 basis points). 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct Expenses increased 19% to $134.4 million in fiscal year 2014, or 21% excluding the favorable impact of 
foreign  exchange.  The  increase  was  due  to  incremental  costs  from  the  Deltak  acquisition  ($20  million), 
increased Deltak costs to support new online course and curriculum development and programs ($6 million) and 
higher accrued incentive compensation ($4 million), partially offset by restructuring and other cost savings ($8 
million). Functionally, Direct Expenses for fiscal year 2014 included marketing/sales (67%); editorial/composition 
(24%);  and  administrative  and  other  (9%)  costs,  while  fiscal  year  2013  included  marketing/sales  (59%); 
editorial/composition (30%); and administrative and other (11%) costs. 

Amortization  of  Intangibles  increased  $2.6  million  to  $9.5  million  in  fiscal  year  2014  primarily  due  to  acquired 
intangible assets associated with Deltak. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution  to  Profit  for  fiscal  year  2014  decreased  2%  to  $49.9  million,  but  increased  2%  excluding    the 
unfavorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange  and  the  current  and  prior  year  Restructuring  Charges.    Contribution 
Margin  decreased  160  basis  points  to  13.6%  mainly  due  to  Deltak’s  continued  investment  in  new  university 
programs  that  are  not  yet  generating  revenue  (260  basis  points),  higher  accrued  incentive  compensation  and 
higher  Technology  costs,  partially  offset  by  restructuring  and  other  cost  savings  and  higher  margin  digital 
revenue. 

- 37 - 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHARED SERVICES AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS: 

The following table reflects total shared services and administrative costs by function, which are included in the 
Operating and Administrative Expenses line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  A portion of these 
costs are allocated to each segment above based on allocation methodologies described in Note 20.  

Dollars in thousands 

2014 

2013 

% Change 
% Change  w/o FX (a) 

Distribution 
Technology Services 
Finance 
Other Administration 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 
Impairment Charges (see Note 7) 
Total 

$96,127  
183,269
44,700
96,068
22,198
4,785

$447,147  

$102,078
161,618
41,267
87,281
14,557
5,241
$412,042

-6% 
13% 
8% 
10% 

-5%
13%
9%
11%

9% 

6%

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2014 and 2013 Restructuring and Impairment Charges 

Shared services and administrative costs for fiscal year 2014 increased 9% to $447.1 million, or 6% excluding 
the favorable impact of foreign exchange and the Restructuring and Impairment Charges. Shared Service and 
Administration Costs in the current year reflected the effect of the restructuring program and other cost savings 
($14 million). Distribution costs decreased due to lower print volume ($4 million) and lower warehouse costs ($2 
million) partially offset by transformation consulting costs ($3 million) and higher employment costs ($2 million). 
Technology costs increased due to higher spending on project management, consulting, software development 
and  licensing  and  maintenance  including  incremental  costs  from  the  Deltak  acquisition  ($3  million).  Finance 
costs increased due to higher accrued incentive compensation. Other Administration costs increased mainly due 
to higher employment costs ($5 million), a lower property tax incentive ($3 million), incremental costs from the 
Deltak acquisition ($1 million) and higher professional fees ($1 million).   

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES:  

The  Company’s  Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents  balance  was  $486.4  million  at  the  end  of  fiscal  year  2014, 
compared with $334.1 million a year earlier. Cash Provided by Operating Activities in fiscal year 2014 increased 
$11.2 million to $348.2 million principally due to lower income tax deposits paid to German tax authorities ($30 
million)  as  discussed  in  Note  13  and  the  timing  of  vendor  payments  ($13  million),  partially  offset  by  higher 
payments  related  to  the  Company’s  restructuring  programs  ($22  million),  higher  income  tax  payments  ($8 
million)  and  other,  mainly  timing.  The  comparison  to  prior  year  Deferred  Revenue  mainly  reflects  the 
acceleration  of  cash  collections  in  the  prior  year.  An  income  tax  deposit  of  $42.1  million  for  disputed  taxes  in 
Germany was paid in the prior year period, whereas $12.0 million was paid in the current period. The Company 
has made all required income tax payments to date. 

Cash  used  for  Investing  Activities  for  fiscal  year  2014  was  $149.3  million  compared  to  $342.5  million  in  fiscal 
year 2013.  In fiscal year 2014, the Company invested $54.5 million in acquisitions, compared to $263.3 million 
in  the  prior  year.    Fiscal  year  2014  includes  the  acquisition  of  Profiles  ($48  million),  while  fiscal  year  2013 
includes  the  Deltak  ($220  million)  and  ELS  ($24  million)  acquisitions.  During  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company 
received  proceeds  of  $29.9  million  from  selling  certain  consumer  publishing assets comprised primarily  of  the 
travel  program  for  $22  million,  and  the  Culinary,  CliffsNotes  and  Webster’s  New  World  consumer  publishing 
programs for $11 million, of which $3.3 million and $1.1 million were held in escrow, respectively. During fiscal 

- 38 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
year 2014, the Company received $3.3 million of the escrow proceeds, with the remaining $1.1 million collected 
in May 2014.   

Composition spending was $40.6 million in fiscal year 2014 compared to $50.4 million in fiscal year 2013.  The 
decrease reflects reduced spending in all three businesses and was driven by a reduction in title count and the 
one-time development of certain digital Research products in the prior year.  Cash used for technology, property 
and  equipment  decreased  to  $57.6  million  in  fiscal  year  2014  mainly  due  to  lower  spending  on  leasehold 
improvements and furniture and equipment. 

Cash used for Financing Activities was $53.5 million in fiscal year 2014, as compared to cash provided of $90.4 
million  in  fiscal  year  2013.  The  Company’s  net  debt  (debt  less  cash  and  cash  equivalents)  decreased  $125.1 
million from the prior year. During fiscal year 2014, net debt borrowings were $27.1 million compared to $198.0 
million  in  fiscal  year  2013.  The  net  borrowings  in  fiscal  year  2014  included  funds  borrowed  to  finance  the 
Profiles acquisition, while fiscal year 2013 included funds borrowed to finance the Deltak and ELS acquisitions.  
These  acquisitions  were  funded  through  the  use  of  the  existing  credit  facility  and  available  cash  and  did  not 
have  an  impact  on  the  Company’s  ability  to  meet  other  operating,  investing  and  financing  needs.  The  total 
notional  amount  of  the  interest  rate  swap  agreements  associated  with  the  Company’s  revolving  credit  facility 
was $300 million as of April 30, 2014.    

In fiscal year 2014, the Company repurchased 1,248,030 shares of common stock at an average price of $50.79 
compared  to  1,846,873  shares  at  an  average  price  of  $39.92  in  fiscal  year  2013.    In  fiscal  year  2014,  the 
Company increased its quarterly dividend to shareholders by 4% to $0.25 per share versus $0.24 per share in 
the  prior  year.  Higher  proceeds  from  the  exercise  of  stock  options  reflects  a  higher  volume  of  stock  option 
exercises in fiscal year 2014 compared to the prior year. 

The  Company’s  operating  cash  flow  is  affected  by  the  seasonality  and  timing  of  receipts  from  its  Research 
journal  subscriptions  and  its  Education  business.  Cash  receipts  for  calendar  year  Research  subscription 
journals occur primarily from December through April.  Reference is made to the Customer Credit Risk section, 
which  follows,  for  a  description  of  the  impact  on  the  Company  as  it  relates  to  independent  journal  agents’ 
financial  position  and  liquidity.  Sales  primarily  in  the  U.S.  higher  education  market  tend  to  be  concentrated  in 
June through August, and again in November through January. Due to this seasonality, the Company normally 
requires increased funds for working capital from May through September. 

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents  held  outside  the  U.S.  were  approximately  $474.4  million  as  of  April  30,  2014,  a 
portion  of  which  was  used    to  acquire  CrossKnowledge  on  May  1,  2014  (see  Note  21).  The  balances  were 
comprised  primarily  of  Pound  Sterling,  Euros,  and  Australian  dollars.  Maintenance  of  these  cash  and  cash 
equivalent balances outside the U.S. does not have a material impact on the liquidity or capital resources of the 
Company’s  global,  including  U.S.,  operations.    Cash  and  cash  equivalent  balances  outside  the  U.S.  may  be 
subject  to  U.S.  taxation,  if  repatriated.  The  Company  intends  to  reinvest  cash  outside  the  U.S.  except  in 
instances where repatriating such earnings would result in no additional income tax.  Accordingly, the Company 
has not accrued for U.S. income tax on the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings.  It is not practical to determine the 
U.S.  income  tax  liability  that  would  be  payable  if  such  cash  and  cash  equivalents  were  not  indefinitely 
reinvested. 

On April 4, 2014 the Company increased its credit limit under the Revolving Credit Facility from $825 million to 
$940 million which matures on November 2, 2016.  As of April 30, 2014, the Company had approximately $700 
million  of  debt  outstanding  and  approximately  $253  million  of  unused  borrowing  capacity  under  its  Revolving 
Credit and other facilities.  The Company believes that its operating cash flow, together with its revolving credit 
- 39 - 

 
facilities and other available debt financing, will be adequate to meet its operating, investing and financing needs 
in the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurance that continued or increased volatility in the global 
capital and credit markets will not impair its ability to access these markets on terms commercially acceptable.  
The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet debt. 

The Company’s working capital can be negative due to the seasonality of its businesses. The primary driver of 
the  negative  working  capital  is  unearned  deferred  revenue  related  to  subscriptions  for  which  cash  has  been 
collected  in  advance.  Cash  received  in  advance  for  subscriptions  is  used  by  the  Company  for  a  number  of 
purposes  including  acquisitions;  debt  repayments;  funding  operations;  dividend  payments;  and  purchasing 
treasury  shares.  The  deferred  revenue  will  be  recognized  in  income  as  the  products  are  shipped  or  made 
available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2014 include 
$385.7 million of such deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance. 

Projected  capital  spending  for  Technology,  Property  and  Equipment  and  Composition  for  fiscal  year  2015  is 
forecast  to  be  approximately  $80  million  and  $45  million,  respectively,  primarily  to  create new  digital products 
and  enhance  system  functionality  that  will  drive  future  business  growth.  Projected  spending  for  author 
advances, which is classified as an operating activity, for fiscal year 2015 is forecast to be approximately $110 
million. 

FISCAL YEAR 2013 SUMMARY RESULTS 

Throughout  this  report,  references  to  variances  “excluding  foreign  exchange”,  “currency  neutral  basis”  and 
“performance  basis”  exclude  both  foreign  currency  translation  effects  and  transactional  gains  and  losses. 
Foreign  currency  translation  effects  are  based  on  the  change  in  average  exchange  rates  for  each  reporting 
period multiplied by the current period’s volume of activity in local currency for each non-U.S. location.  For fiscal 
years 2013 and 2012, the average exchange rates to convert British pounds sterling to U.S. dollars were 1.58 
and  1.59,  respectively;  the  average  exchange  rates  to  convert  euros  into  U.S.  dollars  were  1.29  and  1.37, 
respectively; and the average exchange rates to convert Australian dollars into U.S. dollars were 1.03 and 1.04, 
respectively. Unless otherwise noted, all variance explanations below are on a currency neutral basis. 

Revenue: 

Revenue for fiscal year 2013 decreased 1% to $1,760.8 million, but was flat excluding the unfavorable impact of 
foreign exchange. Incremental revenue from the Deltak, Inscape and ELS acquisitions ($56 million) was offset 
by  the  divestment  of  Professional  Development  (“PD”)  consumer  publishing  programs  ($27  million)  and  lower 
other print book revenue in each of the Company’s three core businesses. 

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit: 

Cost  of  sales  for  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  2%  to  $532.2  million,  or  1%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign exchange. On a currency neutral basis and excluding incremental cost of sales from acquisitions ($11 
million), cost of sales declined in each of the Company’s three core businesses.  A decline in PD ($9 million) 
principally reflects lower sales volume in the divested consumer publishing programs; a decline in Education ($5 
million)  was  mainly  driven  by  lower  print  textbook  sales;  and  a  decline  in  Research  ($3  million)  reflects  the 
ongoing transition to lower cost digital products, partially offset by higher royalty rates. 

- 40 - 

 
 
Gross profit for fiscal year 2013 of 69.8% was 30 basis points higher than prior year.  Excluding the impact of 
higher  margin  incremental  revenue  from  acquisitions,  gross  profit  margin  declined  10  basis  points  to  69.4% 
principally due to higher royalty rates. 

Operating and Administrative Expenses: 

Operating and administrative expenses for fiscal year 2013 increased 1% to $933.1 million, or 2% excluding the 
favorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange.    The  increase  was  mainly  driven  by  incremental  operating  and 
administrative  expenses  from  acquisitions  ($31  million);  higher  technology  costs  ($9  million);  and  higher 
employment costs ($4 million), partially offset by cost containment initiatives ($9 million); a reduction related to 
the divestment of the PD consumer publishing programs ($8 million); lower journal and book distribution costs 
due to lower volume and the migration from print to digital products ($4 million); lower facility costs ($2 million); 
and a lower bad debt provision ($1 million).  Prior year facility costs included duplicate rent as the Company was 
transitioning to new facilities. 

Restructuring Charges: 

In fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $29.3 million, $19.8 million after tax ($0.33 
per share), which are described in more detail below: 

Restructuring and Reinvestment Program 
In  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  announced  a  program  (the  “Restructuring  and  Reinvestment  Program”)  to 
restructure  and  realign  the  Company’s  cost  base  with  current  and  anticipated  future  market  conditions.    The 
Company  is  targeting  a  majority  of  the  cost  savings  achieved  to  improve  margins  and  earnings,  while  the 
remainder  will  be  reinvested  in  high  growth  digital  business  opportunities.    In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year 
2013, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $24.5 million, or $16.3 million after tax ($0.27 per share), 
related to the Restructuring and Reinvestment Program.  The restructuring charge includes accrued redundancy 
and  separation  benefits  of  $19.1  million,  process  reengineering  consulting  costs  of  $2.7  million  and 
termination/curtailment  costs  related  to  the  U.S.  defined  benefit  pension  plan  of  $2.7  million.    Approximately 
$2.9 million, $6.3 million and $1.1 million of the restructuring charge was recorded within the Research, PD, and 
Education reporting segments, respectively, with the remainder recognized in Shared Service costs. The charge 
was fully recovered by April 30, 2014.   

Other Restructuring Programs 
As  part  of  the  Company’s  ongoing  transition  and  transformation  to  digital  products  and  services,  certain 
activities  have  been  identified  that  will  either  be  discontinued,  outsourced,  or  relocated  to  a  lower  cost 
region.  As  a  result,  the  Company  recorded  a  restructuring  charge  of  approximately  $4.8  million,  $3.5  million 
after  tax  ($0.06  per  share),  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2013  for  redundancy  and  separation  benefits. 
Approximately  $3.0  million,  $1.3  million  and  $0.2  million  of  the  restructuring  charge  was  recorded  within  the 
Research,  PD  and  Education  reporting  segments,  respectively,  with  the  remainder  recognized  in  Shared 
Service costs.  The charge was fully recovered as of January 31, 2014. 

Impairment Charges: 

In  fiscal  year  2013,  in  conjunction  with  the  restructuring  programs  the  Company  recognized  asset  impairment 
charges of $30.7 million, $21.0 million after tax ($0.35 per share), which are described in more detail below: 

Consumer Publishing Programs 
In  September  2012,  the Company  entered  into negotiations with Houghton  Mifflin  Harcourt (“HMH”) regarding 
the  sale  of  the  Company’s  culinary,  CliffsNotes,  and  Webster’s  New  World  Dictionary  consumer  publishing 

- 41 - 

 
 
programs.  As a result, the Company began accounting for these publishing programs as Assets Held for Sale 
and  recorded  an  impairment  charge  of  $12.1  million,  $7.5  million  after  tax  ($0.12  per  share),  in  the  second 
quarter of fiscal year 2013 to reduce the carrying value of the assets within these programs to their fair value 
based on the estimated sales price, less costs to sell.  In addition, in the second quarter of fiscal year 2013, the 
Company  recorded  a  pre-tax  impairment  charge  of  $3.4  million,  or  $2.1  million  after  tax  ($0.04  per  share)  to 
reduce the carrying value of inventory  and royalty advances within its other consumer publishing programs to 
their estimated realizable value. 

Controlled Circulation Publishing Assets 
In fiscal year 2013, the Company identified certain controlled circulation publishing programs that no longer align 
with the Company’s long-term strategy and has shifted key resources from these programs to other publishing 
programs  within  the  Research  business.    As  a  result,  the  Company  performed  an  impairment  test  on  the 
intangible assets related to these controlled circulation publishing programs in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 
2013, which resulted in a $9.9 million impairment charge, $8.2 million after tax ($0.14 per share).  The intangible 
assets principally consisted of acquired publishing rights.  The impairment charge resulted in a full write-off of 
the  carrying  value  of  these  intangible  assets  based  on  their  estimated  fair  values  as  determined  by  the 
Company. 

Technology Investments 
In  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  identified  certain  technology  investments  which  were  no  longer  a  long-term 
strategic fit and resources supporting these investments were shifted to other areas.  As a result, the Company 
recorded an asset impairment charge of $5.3 million, $3.2 million after tax ($0.05 per share), to write-off the full 
carrying value of the related assets. 

Amortization of Intangibles: 

Amortization of intangibles increased $5.2 million to $42.0 million in fiscal year 2013.  The increase was mainly 
driven by incremental amortization related to the Deltak ($2.7 million) and Inscape ($2.2 million) acquisitions. 

Gain (Net of Losses) on Sale of Consumer Publishing Programs: 

Sale of Travel Publishing Program 
On August 10, 2012, the Company entered into a definitive agreement with Google, Inc. (“Google”) for the sale 
of  its  travel  publishing  program,  including  all  of  its  interests  in  the  Frommer’s,  Unofficial  Guides,  and 
WhatsonWhen  brands  for  $22  million  in  cash,  of  which  $3.3  million  was  held  in  escrow  related  to  standard 
commercial  representations  and  warranties  and  released  to  the  Company  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year 
2014.  The  effective  date  of  the  transaction  was  August  31,  2012.  As  a  result,  the  Company  recorded  a  $9.8 
million  gain  on  the  sale,  $6.2  million  after  tax  ($0.10  per  share),  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2013.  In 
connection  with  the  sale,  the  Company  also  entered  into  a  transition  services  agreement  which  ended  on 
December 31, 2013.  Fees earned by the Company in fiscal year 2013 in connection with the service agreement 
were approximately $0.5 million. 

Sale of Culinary, CliffsNotes and Webster’s New World Publishing Programs 
On November 5, 2012, the Company completed the sale of the Company’s culinary, CliffsNotes, and Webster’s 
New World Dictionary consumer publishing programs to HMH for $11.0 million in cash, which approximated the 
carrying  value  of  related  assets  sold,  of  which  $1.1  million  is  held  in  escrow  related  to  standard  commercial 
representations and warranties and is expected to be released to the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 
2015. In connection with the sale, the Company also entered into a transition services agreement which ended 

- 42 - 

 
in March 2013. Fees earned by the Company in fiscal year 2013 in connection with the service agreement were 
approximately $1.5 million. 

Sale of Other Publishing Programs 
In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  completed  the  sale  of  its  other  consumer  publishing 
programs  to  multiple  buyers  for  approximately  $1  million  in  cash  and  a  future  royalty  interest.    The  Company 
recorded a $3.8 million loss on the sales ($3.6 million after tax or $0.06 per share).  

Interest Expense/Income, Foreign Exchange and Other: 

Interest expense for fiscal year 2013 increased $4.0  million to $13.1 million.  Higher average debt and higher 
interest rates contributed approximately $2.2 million and $1.9 million to the increase, respectively.  The increase 
in debt was mainly due to financing acquisitions.  The Company’s average cost of borrowing during fiscal years 
2013 and 2012 was 1.9% and 1.6%, respectively.   

Provision for Income Taxes: 

The  effective  tax  rate  for  fiscal  year  2013  was  22.8%  compared  to  21.8%  in  the  prior  year.    During  the  first 
quarters  of  fiscal  years  2013  and 2012,  the  Company  recorded  non-cash  deferred  tax  benefits  of  $8.4  million 
($0.14 per share) and $8.8 million ($0.14 per share), respectively, principally associated with new tax legislation 
enacted in the United Kingdom (U.K.) that reduced the U.K. statutory income tax rates by 2% in each period.  
The benefits recognized by the Company reflect the measurement of all applicable U.K. deferred tax balances 
to the new income tax rates.  The U.K. statutory tax rate as of April 30, 2013 was 23%.   

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded a tax charge of $2.1 million ($0.04 per share) 
due  to  recently  published  IRS  tax  positions  related  to  the  Company’s  ability  to  take  certain  deductions  in  the 
U.S. and in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, the Company released an income tax reserve of approximately 
$7.5 million ($0.12 per share) due to the expiration of the statute of limitations.  The $7.5 million was originally 
recorded in conjunction with the purchase accounting for the Blackwell acquisition.  Excluding the impact of the 
tax benefits and tax charges described above, the Company’s effective tax rate decreased from 27.8% to 26.2% 
principally  due  to  a  favorable  mix  of  earnings  that  resulted  from  lower  U.S.  earnings  in  fiscal  year  2013  and 
lower U.K. tax rates. 

Earnings Per Share: 

Earnings  per  diluted  share  for  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  31%  to  $2.39  per  share  reflecting  the  restructuring 
and  impairment  charges  ($0.68  per  share);  the  prior  year  income  tax  reserve  release  ($0.12  per  share),  the 
current  year  tax  charge  ($0.04  per  share)  and  the  unfavorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange  ($0.04  per  share), 
partially offset by the net gain on sale of the consumer publishing programs ($0.04 per share).  Excluding these 
items,  earnings  per  diluted  share  decreased  7%  mainly  due  to  the  divested  consumer  publishing  programs 
($0.07 per share) and lower print book revenue, partially offset by acquisitions ($0.05 per share). 

- 43 - 

 
 
 
FISCAL YEAR 2013 SEGMENT RESULTS: 

RESEARCH: 

Dollars in thousands 
Journal Subscriptions 
Print Books 
Digital Books 
Open Access 
Other Publishing Income 
TOTAL REVENUE 

Cost of Sales 

GROSS PROFIT 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 
Impairment Charges (see Note 7) 

DIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT 

Direct Contribution Margin 

Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services  
Occupancy and Other 

CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT  
Contribution Margin  

 2013 
$641,584
127,894
36,856
6,221
197,270
$1,009,825

 2012 
$650,938 
145,198 
34,006 
2,232 
208,353 
$1,040,727 

(271,405)

(278,427) 

$738,420
73.1%

(274,714)
(26,915)
(5,911)
(9,917)

$420,963
41.7%

(46,009)
(66,105)
(22,343)
$286,506
28.4%

$762,300 
73.2% 

(283,840) 
(26,186) 
- 
- 

$452,274 
43.5% 

(47,995) 
(65,734) 
(21,085) 
$317,460 
30.5% 

   % change
% change w/o FX (a)
0% 
-11% 
10% 
183% 
-3% 
-2% 

-1% 
-12% 
8% 
179% 
-5% 
-3% 

-3% 

-3% 

-3% 
3% 

-1% 

-2% 

-2% 
4% 

-7% 

-2% 

-4% 
1% 
6% 
-10% 

-3% 
1% 
7% 
-3% 

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2013 Restructuring and Impairment Charges 

Revenue: 
Research revenue for fiscal year 2013 decreased 3% to $1.01 billion, or 2% excluding the unfavorable impact of 
foreign exchange.  The decline was largely driven by lower Print Book revenue and Other Publishing Income, 
partially offset by growth in Open Access and Digital Book revenue. 

Journal  Subscription  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  1%  to  $641.6  million,  but  was  flat  excluding  the 
unfavorable  impact  of  foreign  exchange.    Increased  revenue  from  new  society  business  ($4  million)  and 
subscriptions ($4 million) was offset by publication scheduling ($5 million) and the timing of revenue associated 
with  a  pilot  for  a  new  subscription  licensing  model  ($3  million)  further  described  below.    Calendar  year  2013 
journal subscription billings as of April 30, 2013 were up 3% over calendar year 2012 mainly due to new society 
business and growth in the U.S. and Asia. 

For  calendar  year  2013,  the  Company  piloted  an  alternative  journal  subscription  license  model  for  a  group  of 
customers.  Previously, those customers’ licenses were based on a commitment by the Company to provide a 
discrete number of online journal issues which provided for recognition of revenue by the Company as issues 
were  published.    Under  this  alternative  model,  the  Company  provides  access  to  all  content  published  in  the 
calendar year and provides for recognition of revenue on a straight-line basis over the calendar year covered by 
the alternative license model.  The new licensing terms result in a $3.0 million shift of revenue from fiscal year 
2013 to fiscal year 2014 but will have no impact on current or future calendar year journal revenue. 

- 44 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The decline in Print Books ($17 million) was partially offset by growth in Digital Books ($3 million). Open Access 
revenue,  which  represents  article  publication  fees  from  authors  that  provide  immediate  free  access  to  the 
author’s article on the Company’s website, grew approximately $4.0 million in fiscal year 2013. Other Publishing 
Income,  which  includes  revenue  from  journal  page  and  color  charges,  advertising,  sale  of  rights,  journal 
backfiles  and  reprints,  declined  mainly due  to  lower sales of  journal reprints  ($6  million), backfiles  ($4 million) 
and advertising ($4 million), partially offset by increased sales of publishing rights ($5 million).  

Total Research Revenue by Region (on a currency neutral basis) 

  Americas declined 1% to $388.2 million 
  EMEA decreased 2% to $557.3 million 
  Asia-Pacific decreased 3% to $64.3 million 

Cost of Sales: 

Cost  of  Sales  for  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  3%  to  $271.4  million,  or  1%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign exchange.  The decline was mainly driven by growth in lower cost digital products ($7 million) and lower 
print volume ($4 million), partially offset by higher royalty rates on new society journals ($7 million). 

Gross Profit: 

Gross Profit Margin for fiscal year 2013 of 73.1% was 10 basis points lower than prior year mainly due to higher 
royalty rates on new society journals (70 basis points), partially offset by higher margin digital products. 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct  Expenses  for  fiscal  year  2013  of  $274.7  million  decreased  3%  from  prior  year,  or  2%  excluding  the 
favorable impact of foreign exchange.  The decline was driven by cost containment initiatives ($2 million), a prior 
year  bad  debt  provision  related  to  an  outstanding  receivable  with  a  university  in  Iran  ($1  million)  and  lower 
employment costs ($1 million) mainly due to lower accrued incentive compensation. 

Amortization  of  Intangibles  increased  $0.7  million  to  $26.9  million  in  fiscal  year  2013  mainly  due  to  the 
acquisition of publication rights for new society journals. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution  to  Profit  for  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  10%  to  $286.5  million,  or  3%  excluding  the  unfavorable 
impact  of  foreign  exchange  and  the  restructuring  and  impairment  charges.  Contribution  Margin  declined  210 
basis points to 28.4% in fiscal year 2013, or 50 basis points excluding the restructuring and impairment charges 
and the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange mainly due to top-line results. 

Society Partnerships 

  42 new society journals were signed with combined annual revenue of approximately $31 million 
  81 renewals/extensions were signed with approximately $52 million in combined annual revenue 
  4 journals were lost or not renewed with combined annual revenue of approximately $7 million   

New Society Contracts 

  23 journals for the American Geophysical Union, the world’s leading society of Earth and space science 
Journal  of  Brewing  and  Distilling  and  Brewer  &  Distiller  International  for  the  Institute  of  Brewing  and 
 
Distilling (IBD)  
Journal of Engineering Education for the American Society for Engineering Education (ASEE)  

 

- 45 - 

 
 

Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB) and the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis 
(JABA) for the Society for Experimental Analysis of Behavior (SEAB)  

  Psychoanalytic Quarterly previously self-published 
 

Journal  of  Hepato-Pancreatic-Biliary  Sciences,  for  the  Society  of  Hepato-Pancreatic-Biliary  Surgery 
(Japan) 

  Cell Biology International, the official journal of the International Federation for Cell Biology as well as 
the  open  access  spin  off  journal  Cell  Biology  International  Reports  previously  published  by  Portland 
Press 

  Asia and the Pacific Policy Studies which is a new-start, society-funded open access journal, co-owned 

with the Crawford School of Public Policy at the Australian National University 
Journal of Clinical Pharmacology for the American College of Clinical Pharmacology 

 
  Mining + Geo in cooperation with the DGGT- German Society for Geotechnic 
  Political Science Quarterly for the Academy of Political Science 
  World Psychiatry for the World Psychiatric Association 
  Geoscience Data Journal for the Royal Meteorological Society 
  Australian and New Zealand Journal of Family Therapy for Australian Association of Family Therapy  
  Respirology Case Reports, for the Asia Pacific Society of Respirology 
  ACEP News for the American College of Emergency Physicians  
  Clinical Neurology for the Japanese Society of Neurology  
  Radiographer & Spectrum for five years from 2013 
  Sexual  Medicine  and  Sexual  Medicine  Reviews  a  new  start  for  the  International  Society  for  Sexual 

Medicine  

Acquisitions 

 

 

In  January  2013,  Wiley  acquired  the  assets  of  the  FIZ  Chemie  Berlin,  a  provider  of  online  database 
products for organic and industrial chemists. The products include the ChemInform weekly abstracting 
service and reaction database (CIRX), as well as the abstracting journal  Chemisches Zentralblatt, the 
InfoTherm database of thermophysical properties, and eLearning tools and services. 
In May 2012, Wiley acquired Harlan Davidson Inc. (HDI), a small family owned publishing company in 
Wheeling,  IL,  for  approximately  $1.4  million.    The  acquisition  builds  on  Wiley’s  existing  high  quality 
American  History  portfolio,  and  strengthens  growing  curriculum  areas  such  as  World  History,  Atlantic 
History and State History.  Fiscal year 2013 revenue generated by HDI was approximately $0.6 million. 

Open Access Survey and Initiatives 

 

In October 2012, Wiley announced the results of an author survey on open access.  Over ten thousand 
authors  from  Wiley’s  journal  portfolio  responded  to  questions  about  gold  open  access,  where  their 
institution  or  funding  body  pays  a  fee  to  ensure  the  article  is  made  open  access.    The  research 
explored the factors that authors assess when deciding where to publish, and whether to publish gold 
open  access.    Among  the  top  factors  considered  by  authors  were  the  relevance  and  scope  of  the 
journal,  the  journal’s  impact  factor  and  the  international  reach  of  the  journal.    Of  the  10,600 
respondents,  30%  had  published  at  least  one  gold  open  access  paper,  and  79%  stated  that  open 
access was more prevalent in their discipline than three years ago.  Among authors yet to publish open 
access,  the  list  of  reasons  given  included  a  lack  of  high  profile  open  access  journals  (48%),  lack  of 
funding (44%) and concerns about quality (34%).  Authors said they would publish in an open access 
journal  if  it  had  a  high  impact  factor,  if  it  were  well  regarded  and  if  it  had  a  rigorous  peer  review 
process.    Wiley’s  open  access  revenue  grew  approximately  $4  million  in  fiscal  year  2013.    An  open 
access option is available for individual journal articles to authors in 81% of the journals Wily publishes. 

- 46 - 

 
 

 

In July 2012, Wiley announced that its open access option for individual journal articles, OnlineOpen, 
will  be  available  to  authors  in  81%  of  the  journals  it  publishes.  For  a  publication  service  charge, 
OnlineOpen gives authors the option to publish an open access paper in their journal of choice where it 
will  benefit  from  maximum  impact.  OnlineOpen,  Wiley’s  hybrid  open  access  model  for  subscription 
journals launched in 2004, is available to authors of primary research articles who wish to make their 
article  available  to  non-subscribers  on  publication,  or  whose  funding  agency  requires  grantees  to 
archive  the  final  version  of  their  article.  As  of  April  30,  2013,  OnlineOpen  is  available  in  over  1,200 
subscription journals. 
In  June  2012,  Wiley  announced  the  creation  of  a  new  role,  the  Vice  President  and  Director  of  Open 
Access,  to  lead  the  Company’s  open  access  initiatives.  Working  with  colleagues,  societies,  funders, 
and academic institutions, the role will facilitate the identification of open access opportunities and lead 
the development of products, policy, technology, processes, sales, and marketing initiatives necessary 
to provide first class support to authors. 

Impact Factors 

In July 2012, the Thomson ISI® 2011 Journal Citation Reports (JCR) showed that Wiley continues to increase 
both  the  number  and  proportion  of  its  journal  titles  with  an  impact  factor,  with  1,156  titles  (76%  of  our  total) 
included.  This was up from 73% in the 2010 report.  Impact factors are a metric that reflect the frequency that 
peer-reviewed  journals  are  cited  by  researchers,  making  them  an  important  tool  for  evaluating  a  journal’s 
quality.  Approximately 34% of the JCR Subject Categories have a Wiley Journal ranked in the top three. 

Nobel Prize Winners 

Wiley announced that eight 2012 Nobel Prize winners have published their work with Wiley.  To celebrate the 
achievements of all Nobel winners, Wiley made a selection of content from this and past years’ winners of Nobel 
Prizes in all areas free to access until the end of the year.  Wiley-published winners include: Sir John B. Gurdon, 
UK,  and  Professor  Shinya  Yamanaka,  Japan,  awarded  the  Nobel  Prize  in  Physiology  or  Medicine;  Professor 
Robert J. Lefkowitz and Professor Brian K. Kobilka, USA, awarded the Nobel Prize in Chemistry; and professor 
Serge Haroche, France, and Dr. David J. Wineland, USA, awarded the Nobel Prize in Physics.  The Sveriges 
Riksbank  Prize  in  Economic  Sciences  in  Memory  of  Alfred  Nobel  for  2012  has  been  awarded  jointly  to 
Professors Alvin E. Roth and Llyod S. Shapley, of the USA. 

Global Citizenship and Research4Life 

The Company and other Research4Life partners announced that they have agreed to extend their partnership 
through  2020.    Wiley  also  announced  that  its  12,200  online  books  would  be  made  available  through  the 
Research4Life initiatives of HINARI, AGORA and OARE, benefitting research and academic communities in 80 
low- and middle-income countries.  Research4Life provides 6,000 institutions in developing countries with free 
or  low  cost  access  to  peer-reviewed  online  content  from  the  world’s  leading  scientific,  technical  and  medical 
publishers.  The  addition  of  Wiley’s  online  books  brings  the  total  number  of  peer  reviewed  scientific  journals, 
books and databases now available through the public-private Research4Life partnership to almost 30,000. 

- 47 - 

 
 
 
PROFFESIONAL DEVELOPMENT (PD): 

Dollars in thousands 
Print Books 
Digital Books  
Online Training & Assessment 
Other Publishing Income 
Divested Consumer Publishing Programs 
TOTAL REVENUE 

Cost of Sales 

GROSS PROFIT 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses  
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 
Impairment of Consumer Publishing Programs (see Note 7) 
Net Gain on Sale of Consumer Publishing Programs (see 
Note 8) 

DIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT 

Direct Contribution Margin 

Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services  
Occupancy and Other 

CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT 
Contribution Margin  

 2013 
$257,842
43,251
29,854
39,993
$45,555
$416,495

 2012 
$272,425 
35,864 
7,553 
38,672 
73,048 
$427,562 

  % change
% change w/o FX (a)
-5% 
21% 
295% 
5% 
-38% 
-2% 

-5% 
21% 
295% 
3% 
-38% 
-3% 

(151,239)

(158,841) 

$265,256
63.7%

(153,411)
(8,092)
(7,537)
(15,521)

5,983

$86,678
20.8%

(40,664)
(29,187)
(11,381)
$5,446
1.3%

$268,721 
62.8% 

(154,549) 
(5,741) 
- 
- 

- 

$108,431 
25.4% 

(45,118) 
(25,248) 
(13,011) 
$25,054 
5.9% 

-5% 

-1% 

-1% 
41% 

-4% 

-1% 

-1% 
41% 

-20% 

-4% 

-10% 
16% 
-13% 
-78% 

-9% 
16% 
-13% 
-9% 

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2013 Restructuring and Impairment Charges and the Net Gain on Sale of the 

Consumer Publishing Programs 

Revenue: 

PD  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  3%  to  $416.5  million,  or  2%  excluding  the  unfavorable  impact  of 
foreign exchange.  The decline was driven by the divestment of the consumer publishing programs in fiscal year 
2013 ($27 million) and other declines in Print Book revenue ($14 million), partially offset by incremental revenue 
from  the  acquired  Inscape  ($18  million)  and  ELS  ($4  million)  online  training  and  assessment  businesses  and 
growth  in  Digital  Books  ($7  million).  The  decline  in  Print  Book  revenue  was  driven  by  continued  softness  in 
global retail channels for print books.   

Total PD revenue by Region (on a currency neutral basis) 

  Americas fell 3% to $328.6 million 
  EMEA was flat at $57.2 million 
  Asia-Pacific fell 1% to $30.7 million 

Total PD Revenue by Major Category (on a currency neutral basis) 

  Business and Finance grew 16% to $162.6 million, with solid growth from Inscape and the CFA product 

launch 

  Divested Consumer titles fell 38% to $45.6 million 
  Consumer-Lifelong Learning titles decreased 5% to $45.7 million  

- 48 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Technology was flat with the prior year at $86.4 million 
  Professional Education was flat at $27.7 million 
  Architecture fell 7% to $23.3 million 
  Psychology grew 3% to $17.0 million 

Cost of Sales: 

Cost  of  Sales  for  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  5%  to  $151.2  million,  or  4%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign exchange.  The decline was driven by lower sales volume in the divested consumer publishing programs 
($12  million),  partially  offset  by  higher  royalty  rates  ($3  million)  and  incremental  costs  from  acquisitions  ($2 
million). 

Gross Profit: 

Gross  Profit  Margin  for  fiscal  year  2013  of  63.7%  was  90  basis points  higher  than  prior  year  reflecting  higher 
margin digital revenue from acquisitions (140 basis points), partially offset by higher royalty rates. 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct Expenses for fiscal year 2013 decreased 1% to $153.4 million reflecting planned headcount reductions 
($7  million),  cost  containment  initiatives  ($3  million)  and  lower  incentive  compensation  ($1  million),  partially 
offset  by  incremental  costs  from  acquisitions  ($10  million).    The  divestment  of  the  consumer  publishing 
programs contributed $8 million towards the improvement in direct expenses. 

Amortization  of  Intangibles  increased  $2.4  million  to  $8.1  million  in  fiscal  year  2013  mainly  due  to  acquired 
intangible assets associated with Inscape. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution to Profit decreased $19.6 million to $5.4 million in fiscal year 2013.  Contribution Margin was 1.3% 
compared to 5.9% in the prior year. Excluding the Restructuring and Impairment Charges and the Net Gain on 
Sale of the Consumer Publishing Programs the Contribution Margin declined 50 basis points to 5.4%, principally 
due  to  lower  Print  Book  revenue  and  higher  Technology  costs,  partially  offset  by  cost  containment  and  lower 
Distribution costs. 

Acquisitions and Alliances 

 

 

 

In  August  2012,  the  Company  acquired  the  assets  of  Trader’s  Library  for  approximately  $1.5  million, 
assuming sales for 154 products, mostly videos. Traders' Library is a book publishing and distribution 
company  targeting  the  full  spectrum  of  the  investment  arena  -  from  individual  investors  and  financial 
advisors to professional traders.  
In November 2012, the Company acquired Efficient Learning Systems, Inc. (“ELS”) an e-learning system 
provider  focused  in  the  areas  of  professional  finance  and  accounting,  for  $24  million.   The  acquisition 
helps  Wiley  become  a  leader  in  the  growing  global  online  CPA  exam  preparation  market  and  will 
accelerate  our  e-learning  strategies  with  capabilities  that  can  be  leveraged  with  other  accounting  and 
financial  certifications.  ELS  Revenue  for  fiscal  year  2013  was  approximately  $3.7  million,  in  line  with 
expectations. 
In  December  2012,  the  Company  acquired  the  assets  of  Stevenson,  Inc.,  a  leading  resource  for 
newsletters  and  online  events  in  fundraising,  nonprofit  management,  and  communications.  The  assets 
include six well-respected newsletters and a variety of online events. The acquisition will enable Wiley to 
expand  its  strategy  for  digital  delivery  of  content  to  the  growing  nonprofit  market  globally,  providing 
practical information to nonprofit professionals. 

- 49 - 

 
 

In the third quarter of fiscal year 2013, Wiley signed a Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) 
series  test  preparation  agreement  with  the  Securities  Institute  of  America  (SIA)  to  provide  preparatory 
exam content for financial brokers and advisors. 

Online Training and Assessment Update 

The  Company  merged  its  Inscape  and  Pfeiffer  business  into  a  single  Workplace  Learning  Solutions  group.   
Inscape’s  performance  for  fiscal  year  2013  exceeded  the  company’s  earnings  expectations.  The  results 
reflected the Company’s successful migration to a new 3rd generation Everything DiSC application. Year-over-
year  comparative  revenue  growth  from  Inscape  was  8%.  Sales  through  Inscape’s  North  American  distributor 
sales channels grew 7.5%, while sales through other global distributor channels increased 8.9%.  The Company 
added  a  second  product  development  studio,  doubled  the  number  of  assessment-related  training  products 
under development and added leadership focus and brand management resources to its Everything DiSC and 
Leadership Challenge Lines.  

The Company’s indigenous test prep program showed solid growth in fiscal year 2013 with the addition of the 
Certified  Managerial  Accountant  (CMA)  exam  prep  to  our  historic  and  growing  CPA  Test  Prep.  Total  revenue 
nearly doubled to $6 million.  During the year, Wiley also completed the acquisition of ELS, a provider of the full 
online  CPA  Review  course  ‘CPA  Excel’,  which  contributed  revenue  of  approximately  $4  million  to  the 
Company’s results.  

Other Product Launches 

  Tax Preparer launched in October 2012.  RTRPTestBank.com contains 1000+ multiple choice questions 
that allow users studying for the Registered Tax Return Preparer exam to create unlimited practice tests 
and  custom  quizzes  in  a  format  similar  to  the  actual  exam.  Candidates  can  purchase  subscriptions 
through the marketing website, PasstheTaxExam.com, which also sells additional products and provides 
social features. 

  CMA  Review  (1st  of  two  phases)  launched  in  October  2012,  WileyCMA.com  provides  Certified 
Management Accountant exam candidates with review guides, practice software, study tips, and exam 
resources.  In partnership with the Institute of Management Accountants (“IMA”), Wiley is responsible for 
production and sales of all CMA review titles.   

  Pfeiffer Assessment Platform Release – an upgrade in September 2012 added 2 new assessments to 
the website (Treasurer Self and Treasurer 360), improved registration functionality and enhanced certain 
administrative tools. 

  Sybex  Video  Training  DVDs  and  Streaming  Websites  -  released  in  September  and  October  2012, 
these products are available as DVD-ROMs, online streaming products, or as downloadable files.  Using 
hands-on  lessons  with  step-by-step  instruction,  the  high-definition  video  training  products  cover  the 
essential  features  of  the  top-selling  software  packages  from  Autodesk,  a  software  and  services 
developer for design, engineering and entertainment professionals. 

- 50 - 

 
 
 
 
EDUCATION: 

Dollars in thousands 
Print Textbooks 
Binder and Custom Products 
Online Program Management (Deltak) 
Digital Books 
WileyPLUS 
Other Publishing Income 
TOTAL REVENUE 

Cost of Sales 

GROSS PROFIT 

Gross Profit Margin 

Direct Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 

DIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT 

Direct Contribution Margin 

Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services  
Occupancy and Other 

CONTRIBUTION TO PROFIT  
Contribution Margin  

 2013 
$184,131
39,315
33,745
25,359
40,989
10,919
$334,458

2012 
$216,242 
38,604 
- 
16,265 
32,580 
10,762 
$314,453 

(109,588)

(106,128) 

$224,870
67.2%

(112,779)
(6,975)
(1,288)

$103,828
31.0%

(15,277)
(30,727)
(7,079)
$50,745
15.2%

$208,325 
66.2% 

(95,791) 
(4,823) 
- 

$107,711 
34.3% 

(15,945) 
(27,572) 
(5,771) 
$58,423 
18.6% 

  % change 
% change w/o FX (a) 
-14%
2%

-15%
2%

56%
26%
1%
6%

3%

8%

18%
45%

56%
26%
2%
7%

4%

8%

18%
45%

-4%

-2%

-4%
11%
23%
-13%

-4%
11%
23%
-11%

(a) Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2013 Restructuring Charges 

Revenue: 

Education revenue for fiscal year 2013 increased 6% to $334.5 million, or 7% excluding the unfavorable impact 
of foreign exchange mainly driven by incremental revenue from the Deltak acquisition ($34 million) and growth 
in Digital Books and WileyPLUS, partially offset by lower revenue from Print Textbooks. Print Textbook revenue 
for  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  15%  to  $184.1  million,  or  14%  excluding  the  unfavorable  impact  of  foreign 
exchange.  The  decrease  was  mainly  driven  by  enrollment  declines,  particularly  in  the  for-profit  sector,  the 
impact of rentals on the traditional textbook business and the transition to Digital Books and WileyPLUS. 

Total Education Revenue by Region (on a currency neutral basis) 

  Americas increased 11% to $250.6, including incremental Deltak revenue of $33.7 million 
  EMEA fell 10% to $19.4 million 
  Asia-Pacific fell 1% to $64.5 million 

Education Revenue by Major Subject* (on a currency neutral basis) 

  Engineering and Computer Science grew 6% to $42.8 million 
  Science declined 9% to $61.6 million 
  Business and Accounting declined 5% to $77.9 million 
  Social Science declined 3% to $48.8 million 
  Math declined 7% to $23.4 million 
  Microsoft Official Academic Course (MOAC) grew 4% to $10.9 million 

- 51 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*The above excludes approximately $28.1 million in fiscal year 2013 revenue related to the school business in 
Australia and approximately $33.7 million related to Deltak. 

Cost of Sales 

Cost  of  Sales  for  fiscal  year  2013  increased  3%  to  $109.6  million,  or  4%  excluding  the  favorable  impact  of 
foreign  exchange.  The  increase  was  driven  by  incremental  costs  from  the  Deltak  acquisition  ($9  million), 
partially offset by lower print textbook volume ($4 million) and lower cost digital products ($1 million). 

Gross Profit: 

Gross  Profit  Margin  for  fiscal  year  2013  improved  100  basis  points  to  67.2%  principally  due  to  higher  margin 
incremental Deltak revenue (80 basis points) and growth in digital products. 

Direct Expenses and Amortization: 

Direct Expenses increased 18% to $112.8 million in fiscal year 2013 principally due to incremental costs from 
the  Deltak  acquisition  ($18  million)  and  employment  costs  ($3  million),  partially  offset  by  cost  containment 
initiatives ($3 million). 

Amortization  of  Intangibles  increased  $2.2  million  to  $7.0  million  in  fiscal  year  2013  primarily  due  to  acquired 
intangible assets associated with Deltak. 

Contribution to Profit: 

Contribution to Profit for fiscal year 2013 decreased 13% to $50.7 million, or 11% on a currency neutral basis 
and excluding the restructuring charges. Contribution Margin was 15.2% compared to 18.6% in the prior year 
reflecting  the  restructuring  charges  and  lower  Print  Textbook  revenue.  Contribution  Margin  from  Deltak  of 
approximately  6%  reflects  the  continued  investment  in  new  university  partner  programs  which  are  in  the 
development stage. 

Deltak Acquisition and Update 

On October 25, 2012, the Company acquired Deltak.edu (“Deltak”) for approximately $220 million, net of cash 
acquired.  Deltak,  one  of  the  leading  Online  Program  Management  (“OPM”)  providers  in  the  United  States, 
contributed $33.7 million in revenue in its first six months as a Wiley entity as compared to approximately $54 
million  in  annual  revenue  at  the  time  of  acquisition.  Deltak  is  a  high-growth  business  that  works  in  close 
partnership  with  leading  colleges  and  universities  to  develop  and  support  fully  online  degree  and  certification 
programs, with tuition revenue being shared by both partners under long-term contracts. The business, founded 
in  1997,  provides  technology  platforms  and  services  including  market  research  validating  program  demand, 
instructional design, marketing, and student recruitment and retention services to leading national and regional 
colleges and universities throughout the United States. 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, Deltak added two new university partners.  Since the acquisition closed 
in October, Deltak added five new university partners, American University, Case Western Reserve University, 
Queens University of Charlotte, Butler University and the  University of Dayton for a total of 31.   In the fourth 
quarter,  Deltak  contracted  24  new  programs  from  among  new  and  existing  partners.  Across  Deltak’s  partner 
base, as of April 30, 2013 there were approximately 100 revenue-generating programs and 46 programs under 
contract  and  in  development  but  not  yet  generating  revenue.  Deltak’s  business  is  in  a  period  of  significant 
growth  in  market  development,  providing  a  runway  for  continued  high  growth.  During  the  fourth  quarter,  the 

- 52 - 

 
 
Company received a commitment from Queens University of Charlotte for a campus-wide implementation of the 
Deltak Engage Learning Management system.   

Alliances 

In May 2012, Wiley announced a partnership with Quantum Simulations, Inc., a developer of intelligence-based 
education  products  and  services,  to  offer  intelligent  adaptive  learning  and  assessment  software  with  Wiley’s 
Intermediate 
print  and  digital  accounting 
Accounting. Wiley and Quantum will combine advanced intelligence technology, proven pedagogical techniques 
and content expertise to create individualized learning paths for every student. 

textbooks,  starting  with 

Introductory  Accounting 

through 

SHARED SERVICES AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS: 

The following table reflects total shared services and administrative costs by function, which are included in the 
Operating and Administrative Expenses line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  A portion of these 
costs are allocated to each segment above based on allocation methodologies described in Note 20. 

Dollars in thousands 

2013 

2012 

% Change 

Distribution 
Technology Services 
Finance 
Other Administration 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) 
Impairment Charges (see Note 7) 
Total 

$  102,078
161,618
41,267
87,281
14,557
5,241
$  412,042

$  109,079
146,750
42,774
89,394
-
-
$  387,997

% Change 
w/o FX  

-6%
11%
-3%
-2%

-6% 
10% 
-4% 
-2% 

6% 

7%

Shared Services and Administrative Costs for fiscal year 2013 increased 6% to $412.0 million mainly due to the 
Restructuring and Impairment Charges ($20 million); higher technology consulting and maintenance costs ($11 
million)  including  incremental  costs  from  the  Deltak  acquisition  ($2  million);  and  higher  employment  costs  ($2 
million),  partially  offset  by  lower  journal  and  book  distribution  costs  due  to  the  migration  from  print  to  digital 
products  ($4  million)  and  lower  facility  costs  ($2  million).  Restructuring  and  Impairment  Charges  by  shared 
service  function:  Distribution  ($4  million),  Technology  Services  ($10  million),  Finance  ($2  million)  and  Other 
Administration ($4 million). 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES:  

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents balance was $334.1 million at the end of fiscal year 2013, compared 
with  $259.8  million  a  year  earlier.  Cash  provided  by  Operating  Activities  in  fiscal  year  2013  decreased  $42.6 
million to $337.0 million due primarily to changes in operating assets and liabilities ($39 million) and lower net 
income  net  of  non-cash  charges  ($7  million),  partially  offset  by  lower  royalty  advance  payments  ($3 
million). Changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to a disputed income tax deposit paid to 
German  tax  authorities  as  discussed  in  Note  13  ($42  million),  lower  income  taxes  payable  due  to  timing  of 
payments and a lower provision, and lower Accounts Payable ($10 million) due to cost containment.  Partially 
offsetting these were lower incentive compensation payments ($17 million), lower inventory due to the continued 
migration  to  digital  products,  higher  Deferred  Revenue  and  lower  Accounts  Receivable  due  to  improved 
collections and lower book revenue. The increase in Deferred Revenue mainly reflects business growth. 

Cash  used  for  Investing  Activities  for  fiscal  year  2013  was  approximately  $342.5  million  compared  to  $212.1 
million in fiscal year 2012. The Company invested $263.3 million in acquisitions, net of cash acquired, compared 

- 53 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
to $92.2 million in the prior year primarily reflecting $220.5 million for the Deltak acquisition and $23.9 million for 
the  ELS  acquisition.  During  fiscal  2013  the  Company  received  proceeds  of  $29.9  million  from  selling  certain 
consumer  publishing  assets  comprised  primarily  of  the  Travel  program  for  $22  million,  and  the  Culinary, 
CliffsNotes and Websters New World consumer publishing programs for $11 million, of which $3.3 million and 
$1.1  million  remain  in  escrow,  respectively.  Cash  used  for  technology,  property  and  equipment decreased  to 
$58.7 million in fiscal year 2013 compared to $67.4 million in the prior year. 

Cash  provided  by  Financing  Activities  was  $90.4  million  in  fiscal  year  2013,  as  compared  to  a  use  of  $104.7 
million  in  fiscal  year  2012.  The  Company’s  net  debt  (debt  less  cash  and  cash  equivalents)  increased  $123.7 
million  from  the  prior  fiscal  end  mainly  due  to  funds  borrowed  to  finance  the  acquisitions  of  Deltak  and  ELS.  
These  acquisitions  were  funded  through  the  use  of  the  existing  credit  facility  and  available  cash  and  did  not 
have an impact on the Company’s ability to meet other operating, investing and financing needs. During fiscal 
year 2013, net borrowings were $198.0 million compared to $20.8 million in the prior year period.  In fiscal year 
2013,  the  Company  repurchased  1,846,873  shares  at  an  average  price  of  $39.92  compared  to  1,864,700 
shares  at  an  average  price  of  $46.69  in  the  prior  year.  The  Company  increased  its  quarterly  dividend  to 
shareholders  by  20%  to  $0.24  per share  in  fiscal  year  2013  from  $0.20 per share  in  the  prior  year.  Proceeds 
from stock option exercises increased $8.9 million to $24.2 million in fiscal 2013. 

The notional amount of the interest rate swap agreement associated with the Term Loan and Revolving Credit 
Facility  was  $250  million  as  of  April  30,  2013.  It  is  management's  intention  that  the  notional  amount  of  the 
interest  rate swap be  less  than  the  Term  Loan  and Revolving  Credit  Facility  outstanding during  the  life of  the 
derivative. 

The  Company’s  operating  cash  flow  is  affected  by  the  seasonality  and  timing  of  receipts  from  its  Research 
journal  subscriptions  and  its  Education  business.  Cash  receipts  for  calendar  year  Research  subscription 
journals  occur  primarily  from  December  through  April. Reference  is  made  to  the  Credit  Risk  section,  which 
follows,  for  a  description  of  the  impact  on  the  Company  as  it  relates  to  independent  journal  agents’  financial 
position  and  liquidity.  Sales  primarily  in  the  U.S.  higher  education  market  tend  to  be  concentrated  in  June 
through  August,  and  again  in  November  through  January.  Due  to  this  seasonality,  the  Company  normally 
requires increased funds for working capital from May through September. 

Cash and cash equivalents held outside the U.S. were approximately $324.6 million as of April 30, 2013.  The 
balances were comprised primarily of Euros, Pound Sterling, and Australian dollars.  Maintenance of these cash 
and  cash  equivalent  balances  outside  the  U.S.  does  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  liquidity  or  capital 
resources of the Company’s global, including U.S., operations. Cash and cash equivalent balances outside the 
U.S.  may  be  subject  to  U.S.  taxation,  if  repatriated.  The  Company  intends  to  reinvest  cash  outside  the  U.S. 
except in instances where repatriating such earnings would result in no additional income tax. Accordingly, the 
Company  has  not  accrued  for  U.S.  income  tax  on  the  repatriation  of  non-U.S.  earnings.  It  is  not  practical  to 
determine  the  U.S.  income  tax  liability  that  would  be  payable  if  such  cash  and  cash  equivalents  were  not 
indefinitely reinvested. 

As described in Note 14, on October 18, 2012 the Company increased its credit limit under the Revolving Credit 
Facility  from  $700  million  to  $825  million  which  matures  on  November  2,  2016.    As  of  April  30,  2013,  the 
Company  had  approximately  $673.0  million  of  debt  outstanding  and  approximately  $162  million  of  unused 
borrowing  capacity  under  its  Revolving  Credit  and  other  facilities.  We  believe  that  our  operating  cash  flow, 
together  with  our  revolving  credit  facilities  and  other  available  debt  financing,  will  be  adequate  to  meet  our 
operating,  investing  and  financing  needs  in  the  foreseeable  future,  although  there  can  be  no  assurance  that 

- 54 - 

 
continued or increased volatility in the global capital and credit markets will not impair our ability to access these 
markets on terms commercially acceptable. The Company does not have any off-balance sheet debt.  

The Company’s working capital can be negative due to the seasonality of its businesses. The primary driver of 
the  negative  working  capital  is  unearned  deferred  revenue  related  to  subscriptions  for  which  cash  has  been 
collected  in  advance.  Cash  received  in  advance  for  subscriptions  is  used  by  the  Company  for  a  number  of 
purposes  including  acquisitions;  debt  repayments;  funding  operations;  dividends  payments;  and  purchasing 
treasury  shares.  The  deferred  revenue  will  be  recognized  in  income  as  the  products  are  shipped  or  made 
available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2013 include 
$363.0 million of such deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES: 

The  preparation  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount 
of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, 
and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Management continually evaluates 
the  basis  for  its  estimates.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates,  which  could  affect  the  reported 
results.  Note  2  of  the  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements”  includes  a  summary  of  the  significant 
accounting policies and methods used in preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. Set forth below 
is a discussion of the Company’s more critical accounting policies and methods. 

Revenue  Recognition:  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  the  following  criteria  are  met:  persuasive 
evidence  that  an  arrangement  exists;  delivery  has  occurred  or  services  have  been  rendered;  the  price  to  the 
customer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.  If all of the above criteria have been 
met, revenue is recognized upon shipment of products or when services have been rendered. Revenue related 
to  journal  subscriptions  and  other  products  and  services  that  are  generally  collected  in  advance  are  deferred 
and recognized as earned primarily when the related issue is shipped, made available online or the service is 
rendered.  

For calendar years 2013 and 2014, the Company offered an alternative journal subscription license model for a 
group of customers.  Previously, those customers’ licenses were based on a commitment by the Company to 
provide a discrete number of online journal issues which provided for recognition of revenue by the Company as 
issues were published. Under this alternative model, the Company provides access to all content published in a 
calendar year and provides for recognition of revenue on a straight-line basis over the calendar year covered by 
the alternative license model.  Collectability is evaluated based on the amount involved, the credit history of the 
customer, and the status of the customer’s account with the Company.   

When  a  product  is  sold  with  multiple  deliverables,  the  Company  accounts  for  each  deliverable  within  the 
arrangement as a separate unit of accounting due to the fact that each deliverable is also sold on a stand-alone 
basis. The total consideration of a multiple-element arrangement is allocated to each unit of accounting based 
on  the  price  charged  by  the  Company  when  it  is  sold  separately.  The  Company’s  multiple  deliverable 
arrangements principally include WileyPLUS, the online course management tool for the Company’s Education 
business which includes a complete print or digital textbook for the course; negotiated licenses for bundles of 
digital  content  available  on  Wiley  Online  Library,  the  online  publishing  platform  for  the  Company’s  Research 
business;  and  test  preparation,  assessment,  certification  and  training  services  sold  by  the  Professional 
Development business which can include bundles of print and digital content and online workflow solutions.   

- 55 - 

 
 
 
When the Company’s electronic content is sold through a third party, the Company is generally not the primary 
obligor within the arrangement since it typically is not responsible for fulfilling the customer’s order or handling 
any  customer  requests  or  claims.  Accordingly,  the  Company  will  recognize  revenue  for  the  sale  of  its  digital 
content through third parties based on the amount billed to the end customer, net of any commission owed to 
the third party seller of the content.  Revenue is also reported net of any amounts billed to customers for taxes 
which are remitted to government authorities. 

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts:  The  estimated  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  based  on  a  review  of  the 
aging of the accounts receivable balances, historical write-off experience, credit evaluations of customers and 
current  market  conditions.  A  change  in  the  evaluation  of  a  customer’s  credit  could  affect  the  estimated 
allowance.  The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  shown  as  a  reduction  of  Accounts  Receivable  in  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to  $7.9  million  and  $7.4  million  as  of  April  30, 
2014 and 2013, respectively.  

Sales Return Reserve:  The estimated allowance for sales returns is based on a review of the historical return 
patterns, as well as current market trends in the businesses in which we operate. Associated with the estimated 
sales return reserves, the Company also includes a related reduction in inventory and royalty costs as a result of 
the expected returns.  

Net  sales  return  reserves  amounted  to  $28.6  million  and  $31.8  million  as  of  April  30,  2014  and  2013, 
respectively. The reserves are reflected in the following accounts of the Consolidated Statements of Financial 
Position – increase (decrease):  

Accounts Receivable 
Inventories 
Accounts and Royalties Payable 
Decrease in Net Assets 

2014 
$(41,102) 
6,774  
(5,695) 
$(28,633) 

2013 
$(44,279) 
6,862  
(5,583) 
$(31,834) 

A one percent change in the estimated sales return rate could affect net income by approximately $2.5 million. A 
change in the pattern or trends in returns could affect the estimated allowance. 

Reserve  for  Inventory  Obsolescence:  Inventories  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market.  A  reserve  for 
inventory obsolescence is estimated based on a review of damaged, obsolete, or otherwise unsalable inventory. 
The review encompasses historical unit sales trends by  title; current market conditions, including estimates of 
customer demand compared to the number of units currently on hand; and publication revision cycles. A change 
in  sales  trends  could  affect  the  estimated  reserve.  The  inventory  obsolescence  reserve  is  reported  as  a 
reduction  of  the  Inventories  balance  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to 
$25.1 million and $28.2 million as of April 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  

Allocation  of  Acquisition  Purchase  Price  to  Assets  Acquired  and  Liabilities  Assumed:  In  connection  with 
acquisitions, the Company allocates the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed 
based on the estimates of fair value for such items, including intangible assets and technology acquired. Such 
estimates  include  discounted  estimated  cash  flows  to  be  generated  by  those  assets  and  the  expected  useful 
lives based on historical experience, current market trends, and synergies to be achieved from the acquisition 
and expected tax basis of assets acquired. The Company may use a third party valuation consultant to assist in 
the determination of such estimates. 

- 56 - 

 
  
Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets: Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair 
value of the net assets of the business acquired.  Indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily consist of brands, 
trademarks, content and publishing rights and are typically characterized by intellectual property with a long and 
well-established  revenue  stream  resulting  from  strong  and  well-established  imprint/brand  recognition  in  the 
market.  Goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  are  not  amortized  but  are  reviewed  annually  for 
impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired. The 
Company  evaluates  the  recoverability  of  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  by  comparing  the  fair  value  of  the 
intangible asset to its carrying value.   

To evaluate the recoverability of goodwill, the Company primarily uses a two-step impairment test approach at 
the reporting unit level. In  the first step, the estimated  fair value of the entire reporting unit is compared to its 
carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, a second 
step is performed to determine the charge for goodwill impairment. In the second step, the Company determines 
an  implied  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit’s  goodwill  by  determining  the  fair  value  of  the  individual  assets  and 
liabilities (including any previously unrecognized intangible assets) of the reporting unit other than goodwill. The 
resulting  implied  fair  value  of  the  goodwill  is  compared  to  the  carrying  amount  and  an  impairment  charge  is 
recognized for the difference.  

In  certain  circumstances,  the  Company  uses  a  qualitative  assessment  as  an  alternative  to  the  two-step  test 
approach.  Under  this  approach  certain  market,  industry  and  financial  performance  factors  are  considered  to 
determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. 
If  that  is  the  case,  the  two-step  approach  described  above  is  then  performed  to  evaluate  the  recoverability  of 
goodwill.  

Intangible Assets with Finite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets: Finite-lived intangible assets principally consist 
of brands, trademarks, content and publication rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements and 
are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The most significant factors in determining the estimated life of 
these  intangibles  is  the  history  and  longevity  of  the  brands,  trademarks  and  content  and  publication  rights 
acquired,  combined  with  the  strength  of  cash  flows.  Content  and  publication  rights,  trademarks,  customer 
relationships and brands with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 5 to 40 
years.  Non-compete  agreements  are  amortized  over  the  terms  of  the  individual  agreement,  generally  up  to  5 
years.  

Intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  are  amortized  on  a  straight  line  basis  over  the  following  weighted  average 
estimated useful lives: content and publishing rights – 32 years; customer relationships – 19 years; brands and 
trademarks – 11 years; non-compete agreements – 5 years.  

Assets  with  finite  lives  are  only  evaluated  for  impairment  upon  a  significant  change  in  the  operating  or 
macroeconomic environment.  In these circumstances, if an evaluation of the projected undiscounted cash flows 
indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value based on the discounted future cash 
flows. 

Share-Based Compensation: The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense based on the fair 
value of the share-based awards on the grant date, reduced by an estimate of future forfeited awards.  As such, 
share-based  compensation  expense  is  only  recognized  for  those  awards  that  are  expected  to  ultimately  vest. 
The  fair  value  of  share-based  awards  is  recognized  in  net  income  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite 
service period.  The grant date fair value for stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing 
model. The determination of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model requires the Company to make 
- 57 - 

 
significant judgments and estimates, which include the expected life of an option, the expected volatility of the 
Company’s  Common  Stock  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  option,  a  risk-free  interest  rate  and  the  expected 
dividend yield. Judgment is also required in estimating the amount of share-based awards that may be forfeited. 
Share-based  compensation  expense  associated  with  performance-based  stock  awards  is  based  on  actual 
financial  results  for  targets  established  three  years  in  advance.  The  cumulative  effect  on  current  and  prior 
periods  of  a  change  in  the  estimated  number  of  performance  share  awards,  or  estimated  forfeiture  rate,  is 
recognized as an adjustment to earnings in the period of the revision.  If actual results differ significantly from 
estimates, the Company’s share-based compensation expense and results of operations could be impacted. 

Retirement  Plans:  The  Company  provides  defined  benefit  pension  plans  for  certain  employees  worldwide.  In 
March  2013,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  plan  amendments  that  froze  the  U.S.  Employees’ 
Retirement Plan, Supplemental Benefit Plan, and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, effective June 30, 
2013. These plans are U.S. defined benefit plans. Under the amendments, no new employees will be permitted 
to enter these plans and no additional benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after 
June 30, 2013.  

The accounting for benefit plans is highly dependent on assumptions concerning the outcome of future events 
and  circumstances,  including  compensation  increases,  long-term  return  rates  on  pension  plan  assets, 
healthcare  cost  trends,  discount  rates  and  other  factors.  In  determining  such  assumptions,  the  Company 
consults  with  outside  actuaries  and  other  advisors.  The  discount  rates  for  the  U.S.,  United  Kingdom  and 
Canadian pension plans are based on the derivation of a single-equivalent discount rate using a standard spot 
rate curve and the timing of expected payments as of the balance sheet date. The spot rate curve is based upon 
a  portfolio  of Moody’s-rated  Aa3  (or  higher)  corporate  bonds.  The  discount rates  for other non-U.S.  plans  are 
based  on  similar  published  indices  with  durations  comparable  to  that  of  each  plan’s  liabilities.  The  expected 
long-term  rates  of  return  on  pension  plan  assets  are  estimated  using  market  benchmarks  for  equities,  real 
estate and bonds applied to each plan’s target asset allocation and are estimated by asset class including an 
anticipated  inflation  rate.  The  expected  long-term  rates  are  then  compared  to  the  historic  investment 
performance  of  the  plan  assets  as  well  as  future  expectations  and  estimated  through  consultation  with 
investment  advisors  and  actuaries.  Salary  growth  and  healthcare  cost  trend  assumptions  are  based  on  the 
Company’s historical experience and future outlook. While the Company believes that the assumptions used in 
these calculations are reasonable, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions could materially 
affect  the  expense  and  liabilities  related  to  the  defined  benefit  pension  plans  of  the  Company.  A  hypothetical 
one  percent  increase  in  the  discount  rate  would  impact  net  income  and  the  accrued  pension  liability  by 
approximately $7.6 million and $117.3 million, respectively. A one percent decrease in the discount rate would 
impact  net  income  and  the  accrued  pension  liability  by  approximately  $9.7  million  and  $142.2  million, 
respectively.  A  one  percent  change  in  the  expected  long  term  rate  of  return  would  affect  net  income  by 
approximately $3.1 million.  

Recently  Issued  Accounting  Standards:    In  May  2014,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”) 
issued  ASU  2014-09  "Revenue  From  Contracts  With  Customers"  (Topic  606)  (“ASU  2014-09”),  and  the 
International  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“IASB”)  published  its  equivalent  standard,  International  Financial 
Reporting  Standard  (“IFRS”)  15,  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers”.  These  joint  comprehensive  new 
revenue recognition standards will supersede most existing revenue recognition guidance and are intended to 
improve  and  converge  revenue  recognition  and  related  financial  reporting  requirements.  The  standard  will 
require  companies  to  review  contract  arrangements  with  customers  and  ensure  all  separate  performance 
obligations  are  properly  recognized  in  compliance  with  the  new  guidance.  The  standard  is  effective  for  the 
Company  on  May  1,  2017  with  early  adoption  prohibited.  The  standard  allows  for  either  “full  retrospective” 

- 58 - 

 
adoption, meaning the standard is applied to all periods presented, or “cumulative effect” adoption, meaning the 
standard  is  applied  only  to  the  most  current  period  presented  in  the  financial  statements.  The  Company  is 
currently  assessing  whether  the  adoption  of  the  guidance  will  have  a  significant  impact  on  its  consolidated 
financial statements.  

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments 

A summary of contractual obligations and commercial commitments, excluding unrecognized tax benefits further 
described in Note 13, as of April 30, 2014 is as follows (in thousands):  

Total Debt 
Interest on Debt1 
Non-Cancelable Leases 
Minimum Royalty Obligations 

Other Operating Commitments 

Payments Due by Period 

Within 

Year 1 

$- 

$11.7 

$39.0 

$73.7 

$10.5 

2-3 

Years 

$700.1 

$20.9 

$71.5 

$116.9 

$6.2 

4-5 

Years 

$- 

$10.3 

$38.4 

$56.4 

$5.1 

Total 

$700.1 

$42.9 

$173.2 

$264.3 

$23.4 

Total 

$1,203.9 

$134.9 

$915.6 

$110.2 

After 5 

Years 

$- 

$- 

$24.3 

$17.3 

$1.6 

$43.2 

1  Interest  on  Debt  includes  the  effect  of  the  Company’s  interest  rate  swap  agreements  and  the  estimated  future  interest 
payments  on  the  Company’s  unhedged  variable  rate  debt,  assuming  that  the  interest  rates  as  of  April  30,  2014  remain 

constant until the maturity of the debt.   

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

The Company is exposed to market risk primarily related to interest rates, foreign exchange and credit risk. It is 
the Company’s policy to monitor these exposures and to use derivative financial investments and/or insurance 
contracts from time to time to reduce fluctuations in earnings and cash flows when it is deemed appropriate to 
do so. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. 

Interest Rates: 

The Company had $700.1 million of variable rate loans outstanding at April 30, 2014, which approximated fair 
value. On January 15, 2014, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement which fixed a portion of 
the variable interest due on its variable rate loans outstanding. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company 
pays a fixed rate of 0.47% and receives a variable rate of interest based on one-month LIBOR (as defined) from 
the counterparty which is reset every month for a two-year period ending January 15, 2016. As of April 30, 2014, 
the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $150.0 million. 

On  March  30,  2012,  the  Company  entered  into  an  interest  rate  swap  agreement  which  fixed  a  portion  of  the 
variable  interest  due  on  its  variable  rate  loans  outstanding.  Under  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  the  Company 
pays  a  fixed  rate  of  0.645%  and  receives  a  variable  rate  of  interest  based  on  one  month  LIBOR  (as  defined) 
from the counterparty which is reset every month for a three-year period ending March 31, 2015. As of April 30, 
2014, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $150.0 million.   

It is management’s intention that the notional amount of interest rate swaps be less than the variable rate loans 
outstanding  during  the  life  of  the  derivatives.  During  fiscal  year  2014,  the  Company  recognized  a  loss  on  its 
hedge  contracts  of  approximately  $1.3  million  which  is  reflected  in  Interest  Expense  in  the  Consolidated 

- 59 - 

 
 
  
 
 
Statements of Income.  At April 30, 2014, the fair value of the outstanding interest rate swap was a deferred loss 
of $1.0 million. Based on the maturity dates of the contracts, approximately $0.7 million and $0.3 million of the 
deferred  loss  was  recorded  in  Other  Accrued  Liabilities  and  Other  Long-Term  Liabilities,  respectively.  On  an 
annual  basis,  a  hypothetical  one  percent  change  in  interest  rates  for  the  $400.1  million  of  unhedged  variable 
rate debt as of April 30, 2014 would affect net income and cash flow by approximately $2.5 million. 

Foreign Exchange Rates: 

Fluctuations in the currencies of countries where the Company operates outside the U.S. may have a significant 
impact  on  financial  results.  The  Company  is  primarily  exposed  to  movements  in  British  pound  sterling,  euros, 
Canadian and Australian dollars, and certain currencies in Asia.  The Statements of Financial Position of non-
U.S.  business  units  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  period-end  exchange  rates  for  assets  and  liabilities 
and weighted-average exchange rates for revenues and expenses.  Fiscal year 2014 revenue was recognized 
in  the  following  currencies:  approximately  56%  U.S  dollar;  28%  British  pound  sterling;  9%  euro  and  7%  other 
currencies. 

The  Company’s  significant  investments  in  non-U.S.  businesses  are  exposed  to  foreign  currency  risk.  
Adjustments  resulting  from  translating  assets  and  liabilities  are  reported  as  a  separate  component  of 
Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss  within  Shareholders’  Equity  under  the  caption  Foreign  Currency 
Translation  Adjustment.    During  fiscal  year  2014,  the  Company  recorded  foreign  currency  translation  gains  in 
other comprehensive income of approximately $67.9 million primarily as a result of the weakening of the U.S. 
dollar relative to the British pound sterling and euro. 

Exchange rate gains or losses related to foreign currency transactions are recognized as transaction gains or 
losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred. Under certain circumstances, the Company may 
enter  into  derivative  financial  instruments  in  the  form  of  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  to  hedge  against 
specific  transactions,  including  intercompany  purchases  and  loans.  The  Company  does  not  use  derivative 
financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. 

The  Company  may  enter  into  forward  exchange  contracts  to  manage  the  Company’s  exposure  on  certain 
foreign  currency  denominated  assets  and  liabilities. The  forward  exchange  contracts  are  marked  to  market 
through  Foreign  Exchange  Transaction  Gains  and  Losses  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income,  and 
carried at their fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Foreign currency denominated 
assets  and  liabilities  are  remeasured  at  spot  rates  in  effect  on  the  balance  sheet  date,  with  the  effects  of 
changes in spot rates reported in Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains and Losses. As of April 30, 2014, the 
Company  did  not  maintain  any  open  forward  contracts.  As  of  April  30,  2013,  there  was  one  open  forward 
exchange contract in euros with a notional amount in U.S. dollars of approximately $30.0 million which expired 
on May 16, 2013. During fiscal years 2012 through 2014, the Company did not designate any forward exchange 
contracts as hedges under current accounting standards as the benefits of doing so were not material due to the 
short-term  nature  of  the  contracts. The  fair  value  changes  in  the  forward  exchange  contracts  substantially 
mitigated the changes in the value of the applicable foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities.  

As  of  April  30,  2013,  the  fair  value  of  the  open  forward  exchange  contract  was  a  gain  of  approximately  $0.1 
million,  which  was  measured  on  a  recurring  basis  using  Level  2  inputs  and  recorded  within  the  Prepaid  and 
Other line item on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.  For fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, the 
gains  (losses)  recognized  on  the  forward  contracts  were  $(0.4)  million,  $(0.6)  million,  and  $2.4  million, 
respectively.  

- 60 - 

 
Customer Credit Risk: 

In the journal publishing business, subscriptions are primarily sourced through journal subscription agents who, 
acting as agents for library customers, facilitate ordering by consolidating the subscription orders/billings of each 
subscriber with various publishers. Cash is generally collected in advance from subscribers by the subscription 
agents and is principally remitted to the Company between the months of December and April. Although at fiscal 
year-end  the  Company  had  minimal  credit  risk  exposure  to  these  agents,  future  calendar-year  subscription 
receipts  from  these  agents  are  highly  dependent  on  their  financial  condition  and  liquidity.  Subscription  agents 
account for approximately 24% of total annual consolidated revenue and no one agent accounts for more than 
10% of total annual consolidated revenue. 

The Company’s book business is not dependent upon a single customer; however, the industry is concentrated 
in national, regional, and online bookstore chains. Although no one book customer accounts for more than 9% 
of  total  consolidated  revenue  and  13%  of  accounts  receivable  at  April  30,  2014,  the  top  10  book  customers 
account for approximately 19% of total consolidated revenue and approximately 37% of accounts receivable at 
April 30, 2014.   

Disclosure of Certain Activities Relating to Iran: 

The European Union, Canada and United States have imposed sanctions on business relationships with Iran, 
including  restrictions  on  financial  transactions  and  prohibitions  on  direct  and  indirect  trading  with  listed 
“designated persons.”  In fiscal year 2014, the Company recorded revenue and net profits of approximately $0.8 
million  and  $0.2  million,  respectively,  related  to  the  sale  of  scientific  and  medical  content  to  certain  publicly 
funded  universities,  hospitals  and  institutions  that  meet  the  definition  of  the  “Government  of  Iran”  as  defined 
under  section  560.304  of  title  31,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations. The  Company  has  assessed  its  business 
relationship  and  transactions  with  Iran  and  believes  it  is  in  compliance  with  the  regulations  governing  the 
sanctions.  The Company intends to continue in these or similar sales as long as they continue to be consistent 
with all applicable sanctions-related regulations. 

“Safe Harbor” Statement Under the 
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 

This  report  contains  certain  forward-looking  statements  concerning  the  Company’s  operations,  performance, 
and  financial  condition.  Reliance  should  not  be  placed  on  forward-looking  statements,  as  actual  results  may 
differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements.  Any such forward-looking statements are based 
upon  a  number  of  assumptions  and  estimates  that  are  inherently  subject  to  uncertainties  and  contingencies, 
many  of  which  are  beyond  the  control  of  the  Company,  and  are  subject  to  change  based  on  many  important 
factors. Such factors include, but are not limited to (i) the level of investment in new technologies and products; 
(ii)  subscriber  renewal  rates  for  the  Company’s  journals;  (iii)  the  financial  stability  and  liquidity  of  journal 
subscription agents; (iv) the consolidation of book wholesalers and retail accounts; (v) the market position and 
financial stability of key retailers; (vi) the seasonal nature of the Company’s education business and the impact 
of the used-book market; (vii) worldwide economic and political conditions; (viii) the Company’s ability to protect 
its copyrights and other intellectual property worldwide; (ix) the ability of the Company to successfully integrate 
acquired  operations  and  realize  expected  opportunities  and  (x)  other  factors  detailed  from  time  to  time  in  the 
Company’s  filings  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.    The  Company  undertakes  no  obligation  to 
update or revise any such forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances. 

- 61 - 

 
 
 
 
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

To our Shareholders 
John Wiley and Sons, Inc.: 

The management of John Wiley and Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries is responsible for establishing and maintaining 
adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 
15d-15(f). 

Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management,  we  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the 
effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  – 
Integrated  Framework  (1992)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework 
issued by COSO, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as 
of April 30, 2014. 

Changes  in  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting:  There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control 
over financial reporting during fiscal year 2014. 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2014 has been audited by KPMG 
LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein. 

The  Company’s  Corporate  Governance  Principles,  Committee  Charters,  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  Policy 
and the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers are published on our web site at www.wiley.com under the 
“About Wiley—Investor Relations—Corporate Governance” captions.  Copies are also available free of charge 
to shareholders on request to the Corporate Secretary, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 
07030-5774. 

/s/ Stephen M. Smith 

Stephen M. Smith 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 

John A. Kritzmacher 

Executive Vice President and 

Chief Financial Officer 

/s/ Edward J. Melando 

Edward J. Melando 

Senior Vice President, Controller and  

Chief Accounting Officer 

June 27, 2014 

- 62 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc. 
(the  “Company”)  and  subsidiaries  as  of  April  30,  2014  and  2013,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of 
income,  comprehensive  income,  cash  flows  and  shareholders’  equity  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year 
period  ended  April  30,  2014.  In  connection  with  our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  we  also 
have audited Schedule II on Page 100 of this Form 10-K.  These consolidated financial statements and financial 
statement  schedule  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an 
opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance 
about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test 
basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  An  audit  also  includes 
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating 
the  overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a  reasonable  basis  for  our 
opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries as of April 30, 2014 and 2013, and the results of 
their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  April  30,  2014,  in 
conformity  with  U.S. generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Also  in  our  opinion,  the  related  financial 
statement  schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic  consolidated  financial  statements  taken  as  a 
whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States), John Wiley & Sons, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2014, based on 
criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO)”),  and  our  report  dated  June  27,  2014  expressed  an 
unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.   

(signed) KPMG LLP 

Short Hills, New Jersey 
June 27, 2014 

- 63 - 

 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We have audited John Wiley & Sons, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2014, based 
on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (1992)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.’s  management  is 
responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on 
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting based on our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance 
about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our 
audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a 
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control 
based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered 
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, 
accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements 
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company 
are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and 
(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In  our  opinion,  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over 
financial reporting as of April 30, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework 
(1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States), the consolidated statements of financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries as 
of  April 30,  2014  and  2013,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  comprehensive  income,  cash 
flows  and  shareholders’  equity  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  April 30,  2014,  and  our 
report dated June 27, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

(signed) KPMG LLP 

Short Hills, New Jersey 
June 27, 2014 

- 64 - 

 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands 

Assets: 
Current Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Prepaid and other 
Total Current Assets 

Product Development Assets 
Technology, Property & Equipment 
Intangible Assets 
Goodwill 
Income Tax Deposits 
Other Assets 
Total Assets 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity: 
Current Liabilities 

Accounts and royalties payable 
Deferred revenue 
Accrued employment costs 
Accrued income taxes 
Accrued pension liability 
Other accrued liabilities 
Total Current Liabilities 

Long-Term Debt 
Accrued Pension Liability 
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities 
Other Long-Term Liabilities 
Shareholders’ Equity 

 April 30, 

     2014  

 2013 

$

$

$

486,377  $
149,733 
75,495 
78,057 
789,662 

82,940 
188,718 
984,661 
903,665 
64,037 
63,682 
3,077,365  $

142,534  $
385,654 
118,503 
13,324 
4,671 
64,901 
729,587 

700,100 
164,634 
222,482 
78,314 

334,140
161,731
82,017
57,083
634,971

87,876
189,625
954,957
835,540
45,868
57,538
2,806,375

143,313
362,970
85,306
16,093
4,359
55,128
667,169

673,000
204,362
197,526
75,962

Preferred Stock, $1 par value: Authorized - 2 million, Issued - zero  
Class A Common Stock, $1 par value: Authorized - 180 million,  

- 

-

Issued – 69,797,994 and 69,793,194 

69,798 

69,793

Class B Common Stock, $1 par value:  Authorized - 72 million, 

Issued – 13,392,268 and 13,397,068 

Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss): 

Foreign currency translation adjustment 
Unamortized retirement costs, net of tax 
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap, net of tax 

Less Treasury Shares At Cost (Class A – 20,231,118 and 20,616,829; 
Class B – 3,906,707 and 3,902,576) 

Total Shareholders’ Equity 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 

13,392 
327,588 
1,489,069 

(66,664) 
(123,025) 
(602) 
1,709,556 

(527,308) 
1,182,248 
3,077,365  $

$

13,397
290,762
1,387,512

(134,539)
(143,124)
(969)
1,482,832

(494,476)
988,356
2,806,375

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

- 65 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands, except per share data 

For the years ended April 30, 
2013 

2014 

2012 

Revenue 

$

1,775,195 $

1,760,778  $ 

1,782,742

Costs and Expenses 
Cost of sales 
Operating and administrative expenses 
Restructuring charges 
Impairment charges 
Amortization of intangibles 
Total Costs and Expenses 

506,879  
969,456  
42,722  
4,786  
44,679  
1,568,522  

532,232 
933,148 
29,293 
30,679 
41,982 
1,567,334 

543,396
922,177
-
-
36,750
1,502,323

Net Gain on Sale of Consumer Publishing Programs 

-

5,983 

-

Operating Income 

206,673  

199,427 

280,419

Interest expense 
Foreign exchange transaction losses 
Interest income and other 

Income Before Taxes 
Provision for Income Taxes 

Net Income 

Earnings Per Share 

Diluted 
Basic 

Cash Dividends Per Share 
Class A Common 
Class B Common 

Average Shares 
Diluted  
Basic 

(13,916)
(8)
2,785  

195,534  
35,024  

(13,078) 
(2,041) 
2,614 

186,922 
42,697 

(9,038)
(2,261)
2,975

272,095
59,349

160,510 $

144,225  $ 

212,746

2.70 $
2.73  

1.00 $
1.00  

2.39  $ 
2.43 

0.96  $ 
0.96 

3.47
3.53

0.80
0.80

59,514
58,635

60,224 
59,447 

61,272
60,184

$

$

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

- 66 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands 

For the years ended April 30, 
2013 

2014 

2012 

Net Income 

$

160,510 $

144,225  $ 

212,746

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss): 

Foreign currency translation adjustment 
Unrealized retirement costs net of tax (provision) 

benefit of $(12,946); $16,145 and $18,463, 
respectively 

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps net 
of tax (provision) benefit of $(225); $(48) 
and $453, respectively 

Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

67,875

(38,558) 

(30,173)

20,099

(39,743) 

(41,745)

367
88,341

79 
(78,222) 

(751)
(72,669)

Comprehensive Income 

$

248,851 $

$66,003  $ 

140,077

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

- 67 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 
Dollars in thousands  
Operating Activities 
Net Income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 

For the years ended April 30, 

   2014 

   2013 

  2012 

$

160,510 $ 

144,225 $

212,746

Amortization of intangibles 
Amortization of composition costs 
Depreciation of technology, property and equipment 
Restructuring  and impairment charges 
Net gain on sale of consumer publishing programs 
Non-cash deferred tax benefits on U.K. rate changes 
Share-based compensation  
(Excess) shortfalls in tax benefits from share-based compensation 
Employee retirement plan expense 
Royalty advances  
Earned royalty advances 
Other non-cash charges (credits), net 
Income tax deposit 

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities 
Source (Use), excluding acquisitions 

Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Accounts and royalties payable 
Deferred revenue 
Income taxes payable 
Restructuring payments 
Other accrued liabilities 
Employee retirement plan contributions 
Other  

Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

Investing Activities 

Composition spending 
Additions to technology, property and equipment 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired 
Proceeds from sale of consumer publishing programs 

Cash Used for Investing Activities 

Financing Activities 

Repayment of long-term debt 
Borrowings of long-term debt 
Purchase of treasury stock 
Change in book overdrafts 
Cash dividends 
Debt financing costs 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and other 
Excess (shortfalls ) tax benefits from share-based compensation  

Cash (Used for) Provided by Financing Activities 

Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash 
Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Increase for year 
Balance at beginning of year 
Balance at end of year 

Cash Paid During the Year for  

Interest 
Income taxes, net 

44,679
45,097
58,321
47,508
-
(10,634)
12,851
1,466
30,454
(107,639)
107,529
(3,868)
(11,968)

18,558
11,146
7,297
(750)
(13,889)
(28,276)
32,387
(33,889)
(18,666)
348,224

(40,568)
(57,564)
(54,515)
3,300
(149,347)

(658,224)
685,324
(63,393)
(12,354)
(58,953)
(288)
55,820
(1,466)
(53,534)
6,894

152,237
334,140
486,377

41,982
51,517
56,017
59,972
(5,983)
(8,402)
11,928
(193)
35,938
(105,335)
100,691
(3,708)
(42,077)

18,118
11,501
(5,748)
32,822
1,429
(5,641)
(6,121)
(36,704)
(9,191)
337,037

(50,434)
(58,704)
(263,272)
29,942
(342,468)

(472,500)
670,500
(73,721)
(451)
(57,426)
(382)
24,188
193
90,401
(10,660)

74,310
259,830
334,140

36,750
50,944
50,397
-
-
(8,769)
17,262
(2,044)
30,116
(108,716)
100,639
2,800
-

9,605
4,467
540
19,381
27,835
-
(37,076)
(34,080)
6,851
379,648

(52,501)
(67,377)
(92,174)
-
(212,052)

(888,411)
909,211
(87,072)
(4,414)
(48,257)
(3,119)
15,303
2,044
(104,715)
(4,904)

57,977
201,853
259,830

$
$

12,511 $ 
63,815 $ 

12,081 $
56,021 $

7,745
42,841

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements 

- 68 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries 

Dollars in thousands 

Common 
Stock 
Class A 

Common 
Stock 
Class B 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 

Treasury 
Stock 

Accumulated 
Other Comp- 
rehensive 
Income 
(Loss) 

Total 
Share- 
holder’s 
Equity 

Balance at April 30, 2011 

$69,749  

$13,441  

$247,046  

$1,136,224 

$(360,830) 

$(127,741)  

$977,889  

Restricted Shares Issued under  Share-based 

Compensation  Plans 

Proceeds from Exercise of Stock Options and 

other 

Excess Tax Benefits from Share-based 

Compensation 

Share-based compensation expense 

Purchase of Treasury Shares 

Class A Common Stock Dividends  

Class B Common Stock Dividends  

Common Stock Class Conversions 

4 

(4) 

(2,324) 

7,781 

2,044 

17,262  

2,646 

7,522 

(87,072) 

(40,627)  

(7,630)  

322 

15,303 

2,044  

17,262  

(87,072) 

(40,627)  

(7,630)  

- 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

212,746 

(72,669) 

140,077  

Balance at April 30, 2012 

$69,753 

$13,437  

$271,809 

$1,300,713 

$(437,734) 

$(200,410)  

$1,017,568 

Restricted Shares Issued under  Share-based 

Compensation  Plans 

Proceeds from Exercise of Stock Options and 
other 
Excess Tax Benefits from Share-based 
Compensation 

Share-based compensation expense 

Purchase of Treasury Shares 

Class A Common Stock Dividends  

Class B Common Stock Dividends  

Common Stock Class Conversions 

40 

(40) 

(5,936) 

12,768 

193 

11,928  

5,559 

11,420 

(73,721) 

(48,290)  

(9,136)  

(377) 

24,188 

193  

11,928  

(73,721) 

(48,290)  

(9,136)  

- 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

144,225 

(78,222) 

66,003  

Balance at April 30, 2013 

$69,793 

$13,397  

$290,762 

$1,387,512 

$(494,476) 

$(278,632)  

$988,356 

Restricted Shares Issued under  Share-based 

Compensation  Plans 

Proceeds from Exercise of Stock Options and 
other 
Shortfall in Tax Benefits from Share -based 
Compensation 

Share-based compensation expense 

Purchase of Treasury Shares 

Class A Common Stock Dividends  

Class B Common Stock Dividends  

Common Stock Class Conversions 

5 

(5) 

(5,962)  

31,403 

(1,466)  

12,851  

6,144  

24,417  

(63,393) 

(51,842)  

(7,111)  

182  

55,820  

(1,466)  

12,851  

(63,393) 

(51,842)  

(7,111)  

- 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

160,510  

88,341  

248,851  

Balance at April 30, 2014 

$69,798 

$13,392  

$327,588 

$1,489,069 

$(527,308) 

$(190,291) 

$1,182,248 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

- 69 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 1 – Description of Business 

The  Company,  founded  in  1807,  was  incorporated  in  the  state  of  New  York  on  January  15,  1904.  As  used 
herein the term “Company” means John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and its subsidiaries and affiliated companies, unless 
the context indicates otherwise. 

The  Company  is  a  global  provider  of  knowledge  and  knowledge-enabled  services  that  improve  outcomes  in 
areas of research, professional practice and education. Through the Research segment, the Company provides 
digital and print scientific, technical, medical and scholarly journals, reference works, books, database services 
and  advertising.  The  Professional  Development  segment  provides  digital  and  print  books,  online  assessment 
and  training  services,  and  test  prep  and  certification.  In  Education,  the  Company  provides  print  and  digital 
content,  and  education  solutions  including  online  program  management  services  for  higher  education 
institutions and course management tools for instructors and students. The Company takes full advantage of its 
content from all three core businesses in developing and cross-marketing products to its diverse customer base 
of researchers, professionals, students, and educators. The use of technology enables the Company to make its 
content efficiently more accessible to its customers around the world. The Company’s operations are primarily 
located in the United States, Canada, Europe, Asia, and Australia. 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles  of  Consolidation:  The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company. 
Investments  in  entities  in  which  the  Company  has  at  least  a  20%,  but  less  than  a  majority  interest,  are 
accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  of  accounting.  Investments  in  entities  in  which  the  Company  has  less 
than a 20% ownership and in which it does not exercise significant influence are accounted for using the cost 
method of accounting. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  

Use  of  Estimates:  The  preparation  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting 
principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of 
the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  
Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Reclassifications:  Certain  prior  year  amounts  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  the  current  year’s 
presentation.  

Book  Overdrafts:  Under  the  Company’s  cash  management  system,  a  book  overdraft  balance  exists  for  the 
Company’s  primary  disbursement  accounts.  This  overdraft  represents  uncleared  checks  in  excess  of  cash 
balances  in  individual  bank  accounts.  The  Company’s  funds  are  transferred  from  other  existing  bank  account 
balances  or  from  lines  of  credit  as  needed  to  fund  checks  presented  for  payment.    As  of  April  30,  2014  and 
2013, book overdrafts of $22.8 million and $35.1 million, respectively, were included in Accounts and Royalties 
Payable in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.   

Revenue  Recognition:  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  the  following  criteria  are  met:  persuasive 
evidence  that  an  arrangement  exists;  delivery  has  occurred  or  services  have  been  rendered;  the  price  to  the 
customer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.  If all of the above criteria have been 
met, revenue is recognized upon shipment of products or when services have been rendered. Revenue related 
to  journal  subscriptions  and  other  products  and  services  that  are  generally  collected  in  advance  are  deferred 

- 70 - 

 
and recognized as earned primarily when the related issue is shipped, made available online or the service is 
rendered.  

For calendar years 2013 and 2014, the Company offered an alternative journal subscription license model for a 
group of customers.  Previously, those customers’ licenses were based on a commitment by the Company to 
provide a discrete number of online journal issues which provided for recognition of revenue by the Company as 
issues  were  published.  Under  this  alternative  model,  the  Company  provides  access  to  all  journal  content 
published in a calendar year and provides for recognition of revenue on a straight-line basis over the calendar 
year  covered  by  the  alternative  license  model.  Collectability  is  evaluated  based  on  the  amount  involved,  the 
credit history of the customer, and the status of the customer’s account with the Company.   

When  a  product  is  sold  with  multiple  deliverables,  the  Company  accounts  for  each  deliverable  within  the 
arrangement as a separate unit of accounting due to the fact that each deliverable is also sold on a stand-alone 
basis. The total consideration of a multiple-element arrangement is allocated to each unit of accounting based 
on  the  price  charged  by  the  Company  when  it  is  sold  separately.  The  Company’s  multiple  deliverable 
arrangements principally include WileyPLUS, the online course management tool for the Company’s Education 
business which includes a complete print or digital textbook for the course; negotiated licenses for bundles of 
digital  content  available  on  Wiley  Online  Library,  the  online  publishing  platform  for  the  Company’s  Research 
business;  and  test  preparation,  assessment,  certification  and  training  services  sold  by  the  Professional 
Development business which can include bundles of print and digital content and online workflow solutions.   

When  the  Company’s  digital  content  is  sold  through  a  third  party,  the  Company  is  generally  not  the  primary 
obligor within the arrangement since it typically is not responsible for fulfilling the customer’s order or handling 
any  customer  requests  or  claims.  Accordingly,  the  Company  will  recognize  revenue  for  the  sale  of  its  digital 
content through third parties based on the amount billed to the end customer, net of any commission owed to 
the third party seller of the content.  Revenue is also reported net of any amounts billed to customers for taxes 
which are remitted to government authorities. 

Cash Equivalents: Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months 
or less and are stated at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates market value. 

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts:  The  estimated  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  based  on  a  review  of  the 
aging of the accounts receivable balances, historical write-off experience, credit evaluations of customers and 
current  market  conditions.  A  change  in  the  evaluation  of  a  customer’s  credit  could  affect  the  estimated 
allowance.  The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  shown  as  a  reduction  of  Accounts  Receivable  in  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to  $7.9  million  and  $7.4  million  as  of  April  30, 
2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Sales  Return  Reserves:  The  process  which  the  Company  uses  to  determine  its  sales  returns  and  the  related 
reserve provision charged against revenue is based on applying an estimated return rate to current year sales.  
This rate is based upon an analysis of actual historical return experience in the various markets and geographic 
regions  in  which  the  Company  does  business.  The  Company  collects,  maintains  and  analyzes  significant 
amounts  of  sales  returns  data  for  large  volumes  of  homogeneous  transactions.  This  allows  the  Company  to 
make reasonable estimates of the amount of future returns. All available data is utilized to identify the returns by 
market  and  as  to  which  fiscal  year  the  sales  returns  apply.  This  enables  management  to  track  the  returns  in 
detail and identify and react to trends occurring in the marketplace, with the objective of being able to make the 
most informed judgments possible in setting reserve rates. Associated with the estimated sales return reserves, 
the Company also includes a related reduction in inventory and royalty costs as a result of the expected returns. 
- 71 - 

 
Net  sales  return  reserves  amounted  to  $28.6  million  and  $31.8  million  as  of  April  30,  2014  and  2013, 
respectively.  

The  reserves  are  reflected  in  the  following  accounts  of  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  – 
increase (decrease): 

Accounts Receivable 
Inventories 
Accounts and Royalties Payable 
Decrease in Net Assets 

     2014 
$(41,102) 
6,774  
(5,695) 
$(28,633) 

2013 
$(44,279) 
6,862 
(5,583) 
$(31,834) 

Inventories:  Inventories  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market.  U.S.  book  inventories  aggregating  $41.3 
million and $46.5 million at April 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, are valued using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) 
method.  All other inventories are valued using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  

Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence: A reserve for inventory obsolescence is estimated based on a review of 
damaged, obsolete, or otherwise unsalable inventory. The review encompasses historical unit sales trends by 
title;  current  market  conditions,  including  estimates  of  customer  demand  compared  to  the  number  of  units 
currently  on  hand;  and  publication  revision  cycles.  The  inventory  obsolescence  reserve  is  reported  as  a 
reduction  of  the  Inventories  balance  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to 
$25.1 million and $28.2 million as of April 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  

Product Development Assets:  Product development assets consist of composition costs and royalty advances. 
Costs associated with developing a publication are expensed until the product is determined to be commercially 
viable. Composition costs represent the costs incurred to bring an edited commercial manuscript to publication, 
which include typesetting, proofreading, design, illustration costs, and digital formatting. Composition costs are 
capitalized  and  are  generally  amortized  on  a  double-declining  basis  over  their  estimated  useful  lives,  ranging 
from  1  to  3  years.  Royalty  advances  are  capitalized  and,  upon  publication,  are  recovered  as  royalties  earned 
based on sales of the published works.  Royalty advances are reviewed for recoverability and a reserve for loss 
is maintained, if appropriate. 

Shipping  and  Handling  Costs:  Costs  incurred  for  shipping  and  handling  are  reflected  in  the  Operating  and 
Administrative  Expenses  line  item  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.  The  Company  incurred  $42.2 
million,  $46.0  million  and  $50.4  million  in  shipping  and  handling  costs  in  fiscal  years  2014,  2013  and  2012, 
respectively. 

Advertising Expense:  Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company incurred $35.2 million, $29.2 
million and $24.3 million in advertising costs in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Technology, Property and Equipment: Technology, property and equipment is recorded at cost. Major renewals 
and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.  

Technology,  property  and  equipment  is  depreciated  using  the  straight-line  method  based  upon  the  following 
estimated  useful  lives:  Buildings  and  Leasehold  Improvements  –  the  lesser  of  the  estimated  useful  life  of  the 
asset up to 40 years or the duration of the lease; Furniture and Fixtures - 3 to 10 years; Computer Hardware 
and Software - 3 to 10 years.  

- 72 - 

 
  
Costs  incurred  for  computer  software  developed  or  obtained  for  internal  use  are  capitalized  during  the 
application  development  stage  and  expensed  as 
the  preliminary  project  and  post-
implementation stages. Costs incurred during the application development stage include costs of materials and 
services,  and  payroll  and  payroll-related  costs  for  employees  who  are  directly  associated  with  the  software 
project. Such costs are amortized over the expected useful life of the related software which is generally 3 to 6 
years.  Maintenance,  training,  and  upgrade  costs  that  do  not  result  in  additional  functionality  are  expensed  as 
incurred. 

incurred  during 

Allocation  of  Acquisition  Purchase  Price  to  Assets  Acquired  and  Liabilities  Assumed:  In  connection  with 
acquisitions, the Company allocates the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed 
based on the estimates of fair value for such items, including intangible assets and technology acquired. Such 
estimates  include  discounted  estimated  cash  flows  to  be  generated  by  those  assets  and  the  expected  useful 
lives based on historical experience, current market trends, and synergies to be achieved from the acquisition 
and  the  expected  tax  basis  of  assets  acquired.  The  Company  may  use  a  third  party  valuation  consultant  to 
assist in the determination of such estimates. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets: Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair 
value of the net assets of the business acquired.  Indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily consist of brands, 
trademarks, content and publishing rights and are typically characterized by intellectual property with a long and 
well-established  revenue  stream  resulting  from  strong  and  well-established  imprint/brand  recognition  in  the 
market.  Goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  are  not  amortized  but  are  reviewed  annually  for 
impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired. The 
Company  evaluates  the  recoverability  of  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  by  comparing  the  fair  value  of  the 
intangible asset to its carrying value.   

To  evaluate  the  recoverability  of  goodwill,  the  Company  uses  a  two-step  impairment  test  approach  at  the 
reporting  unit  level.  In  the  first  step,  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  entire  reporting  unit  is  compared  to  its 
carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, a second 
step is performed to determine the charge for goodwill impairment. In the second step, the Company determines 
an  implied  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit’s  goodwill  by  determining  the  fair  value  of  the  individual  assets  and 
liabilities (including any previously unrecognized intangible assets) of the reporting unit other than goodwill. The 
resulting  implied  fair  value  of  the  goodwill  is  compared  to  the  carrying  amount  and  an  impairment  charge  is 
recognized for the difference.  

In  certain  circumstances,  the  Company  uses  a  qualitative  assessment  as  an  alternative  to  the  two-step  test 
approach.  Under  this  approach  certain  market,  industry  and  financial  performance  factors  are  considered  to 
determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. 
If  that  is  the  case,  the  two-step  approach  described  above  is  then  performed  to  evaluate  the  recoverability  of 
goodwill. 

Intangible Assets with Finite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets: Finite-lived intangible assets principally consist 
of brands, trademarks, content and publication rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements and 
are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The most significant factors in determining the estimated life of 
these  intangibles  is  the  history  and  longevity  of  the  brands,  trademarks  and  content  and  publication  rights 
acquired,  combined  with  the  strength  of  cash  flows.  Content  and  publication  rights,  trademarks,  customer 
relationships and brands with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 5 to 40 

- 73 - 

 
years.  Non-compete  agreements  are  amortized  over  the  terms  of  the  individual  agreement,  generally  up  to  5 
years.  

Intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  are  amortized  on  a  straight  line  basis  over  the  following  weighted  average 
estimated useful lives: content and publishing rights – 32 years; customer relationships – 19 years; brands and 
trademarks – 11 years; non-compete agreements – 5 years.  

Assets  with  finite  lives  are  only  evaluated  for  impairment  upon  a  significant  change  in  the  operating  or 
macroeconomic environment.  In these circumstances, if an evaluation of the projected undiscounted cash flows 
indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value based on the discounted future cash 
flows. 

Derivative  Financial  Instruments:  The  Company,  from  time  to  time,  enters  into  forward  exchange  and  interest 
rate  swap  contracts  as  a  hedge  against  foreign  currency  asset  and  liability  commitments,  changes  in  interest 
rates and anticipated transaction exposures, including intercompany purchases. All derivatives are recognized 
as assets or liabilities and measured at fair value.  Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges 
are  adjusted  to  fair  value  with  a  corresponding  adjustment  to  earnings.  The  Company  does  not  use  financial 
instruments for trading or speculative purposes.   

Foreign  Currency  Gains/Losses:  The  Company  maintains  operations  in  many  non-U.S.  locations.  Assets  and 
liabilities  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  end  of  period  exchange  rates  and  revenues  and  expense  are 
translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  weighted  average  rates.  The  Company’s  significant  investments  in  non-U.S. 
businesses  are  exposed  to  foreign  currency  risk.  Foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  are  reported  as  a 
separate component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss within Shareholders’ Equity. During fiscal year 
2014, the Company recorded $67.9 million of foreign currency translation gains primarily due to the weakening 
of the U.S. dollar relative to the British pound sterling and euro. Foreign currency transaction gains or losses are 
recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred. 

Share-Based Compensation: The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense based on the fair 
value of the share-based awards on the grant date, reduced by an estimate for future forfeited awards.  As such, 
share-based  compensation  expense  is  only  recognized  for  those  awards  that  are  expected  to  ultimately  vest. 
The  fair  value  of  share-based  awards  is  recognized  in  net  income  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite 
service period. Share-based compensation expense associated with performance-based stock awards is based 
on actual financial results for targets established three years in advance. The cumulative effect on current and 
prior periods of a change in the estimated number of performance share awards, or estimated forfeiture rate, is 
recognized as an adjustment to earnings in the period of the revision. 

Recently  Issued  Accounting  Standards:    In  May  2014,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”) 
issued  ASU  2014-09  "Revenue  From  Contracts  With  Customers"  (Topic  606)  (“ASU  2014-09”),  and  the 
International  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“IASB”)  published  its  equivalent  standard,  International  Financial 
Reporting  Standard  (“IFRS”)  15,  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers”.  These  joint  comprehensive  new 
revenue recognition standards will supersede most existing revenue recognition guidance and are intended to 
improve  and  converge  revenue  recognition  and  related  financial  reporting  requirements.  The  standard  will 
require  companies  to  review  contract  arrangements  with  customers  and  ensure  all  separate  performance 
obligations  are  properly  recognized  in  compliance  with  the  new  guidance.  The  standard  is  effective  for  the 
Company  on  May  1,  2017  with  early  adoption  prohibited.  The  standard  allows  for  either  “full  retrospective” 
adoption, meaning the standard is applied to all periods presented, or “cumulative effect” adoption, meaning the 
standard  is  applied  only  to  the  most  current  period  presented  in  the  financial  statements.  The  Company  is 
- 74 - 

 
currently  assessing  whether  the  adoption  of  the  guidance  will  have  a  significant  impact  on  its  consolidated 
financial statements.   

Note 3 – Reconciliation of Weighted Average Shares Outstanding  

A reconciliation of the shares used in the computation of earnings per share for the years ended April 30 follows 
(in thousands): 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding 

58,925    

59,672    

60,387    

Less:  Unearned Restricted Shares 

Shares Used for Basic Earnings Per Share 

Dilutive Effect of Stock Options and Other Stock Awards 

Shares Used for Diluted Earnings Per Share 

(290) 

58,635 

879 

59,514 

(225) 

59,447 

777 

60,224 

(203) 

60,184 

1,088 

61,272 

Since  their  inclusion  in  the  calculation  of  diluted  earnings  per  share  would  have  been  anti-dilutive,  options  to 
purchase 389,400, 2,716,244 and 1,655,362 shares of Class A Common Stock have been excluded for fiscal 
years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, for fiscal years 2013 and 2012 unearned restricted shares 
of 23,000 and 10,000, respectively, have been excluded as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.  

Note 4- Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss by component, net of tax, for the fiscal year ended April 
30, 2014 were as follows (in thousands): 

Foreign 
Currency 

  Unamortized 
Retirement 

Translation 

Costs 

Interest 
Rate 

Swaps 

Total 

Balance at April 30, 2013 

$(134,539)

$(143,124)

$(969) 

$(278,632)

Other comprehensive income (loss) 

before reclassifications 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated 

other comprehensive loss 

Total other comprehensive income 

Balance at April 30, 2014 

67,875

10,464

(316) 

78,023

-
67,875
$(66,664)

9,635
20,099
$(123,025)

683 
367 
$(602) 

10,318
88,341
$(190,291)

For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2014, pre-tax actuarial losses included in Unamortized Retirement Costs of 
approximately $13.4 million were amortized from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss and recognized as 
pension expense in Operating and Administrative Expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  

Note 5 – Acquisitions 

Inscape: 

On  February  16,  2012,  the  Company  acquired  all  of  the  stock  of  Inscape  Holdings,  Inc.  (“Inscape”)  for 
approximately  $85  million  in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired.  Inscape  is  a  leading  provider  of  workplace  learning 
solutions,  including  DiSC®-based  assessments  and  training  products  that  develop  critical  interpersonal 
business skills. The purchase price of $85 million was allocated to identifiable long-lived assets ($43.9 million) 
comprised primarily of customer relationships, content, technology and trademarks, with the remainder allocated 
to deferred tax liabilities ($12.4 million), negative working capital ($3.3 million) and Goodwill ($56.8 million). The 

- 75 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fair  value  of  intangible  assets  and  technology  acquired  was  based  on  management’s  assessment  performed 
with the assistance of a third party valuation consultant. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price 
over  the  fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired  and  comprises  the  estimated  value  of  Inscape’s  workforce, 
unidentifiable intangible assets and the fair value of expected synergies. None of the goodwill is deductible for 
tax  purposes.  The  customer  relationships,  content,  technology  and  trademarks  are  being  amortized  over  a 
weighted  average  estimated  useful  life  of  approximately  15  years.  The  Company  finalized  its  purchase 
accounting for Inscape as of April 30, 2012. Inscape contributed $24.5 million, $21.6 million and $3.3 million to 
the Company’s revenue for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  

Deltak: 

On  October  25,  2012,  the  Company  acquired  all  of  the  stock  of  Deltak.edu,  LLC  (“Deltak”)  for  approximately 
$220  million  in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired.  Deltak  works  in  close  partnership  with  leading  colleges  and 
universities to develop and support online degree and certificate programs. The business provides technology 
platforms and services including market research to validate program demand, instructional design, marketing, 
and  student  recruitment  and  retention  services  to  leading  national  and  regional  colleges  and  universities 
throughout the United States.  The $220 million purchase price was allocated to identifiable long-lived intangible 
assets  ($99.4  million)  comprised  primarily  of  institutional  relationships;  long-term  deferred  tax  liabilities  ($34.4 
million); and Goodwill ($150.0 million); with the remainder allocated to technology and working capital. The fair 
value  of  intangible  assets  and  technology  acquired  was  based  on  management’s  assessment  performed  with 
the assistance of a third party valuation consultant. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over 
the  fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired  and  comprises  the  estimated  value  of  Deltak’s  workforce,  unidentifiable 
intangible assets and the fair value of expected synergies. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. 
The  identifiable  long-lived  intangible  assets  are  primarily  amortized  over  an  estimated  useful  life  of 
approximately 20 years. The Company finalized its purchase accounting for Deltak as of April 30, 2013. Deltak 
contributed  $70.2  million  and  $33.7  million  to  the  Company’s  revenue  for  fiscal  years  2014  and  2013, 
respectively. 

Efficient Learning Systems: 

On  November  1,  2012,  the  Company  acquired  all  of  the  stock  of  Efficient  Learning  Systems,  Inc.  (“ELS”)  for 
approximately  $24  million  in  cash,  net  of  cash  acquired.  ELS  is  an  e-learning  system  provider  focused  in  the 
areas of professional finance and accounting.  ELS’ flagship product, CPAexcel, is  a modular, digital platform 
comprised  of  online  self-study,  videos,  mobile  apps,  and  sophisticated  planning  tools  that  has  helped  over 
65,000  professionals  prepare  for  the  CPA  exam  since  1998.  The  $24  million  purchase  price  was  allocated  to 
identifiable  long-lived  intangible  assets  ($6.5  million);  technology  ($3.6  million);  and  long-term  deferred  tax 
liabilities  ($2.9  million);  and  Goodwill  ($17.0  million);  with  the  remainder  allocated  to  working  capital.  The  fair 
value  of  intangible  assets  and  technology  acquired  was  based  on  management’s  assessment  performed  with 
the assistance of a third party valuation consultant. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over 
the  fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired  and  comprises  the  estimated  value  of  ELS’  workforce,  unidentifiable 
intangible assets and the fair value of expected synergies. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. 
The Company finalized its purchase accounting for ELS as of April 30, 2013.  ELS contributed $8.0 million and 
$3.7 million to the Company’s revenue for fiscal years 2014 and 2013, respectively.  

Profiles International: 

On  April  1,  2014,  the  Company  acquired  all  of  the  stock  of  Profiles  International  (“Profiles”)  for  approximately 
$48 million in cash, net of cash acquired.  Profiles provides pre-employment assessment and selection tools that 
enable employers to optimize candidate selections and develop the full potential of their employees. Solutions 

- 76 - 

 
include  pre-hire  assessments,  including  those  designed  to  measure  and  match  personality,  knowledge,  skills, 
managerial  fit,  loyalty,  and  values;  and  post-hire  assessments,  focused  on  measuring  sales  and  managerial 
effectiveness,  employee  performance  and  career  potential.  Founded  in  1991  and  based  in  Waco,  Texas, 
Profiles  has  served  more  than  40,000  enterprise  clients  and  millions  of  end  users  in  over  120  countries,  with 
assessments  available  in  32  languages.  Profiles  reported  approximately  $27  million  of  revenue  and  over  $5 
million of EBITDA in its fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. The $48 million purchase price was allocated to 
identifiable long-lived intangible assets ($22.9 million), mainly customer relationships and assessment content; 
technology  ($2.9  million);  and  long-term  deferred  tax  liabilities  ($9.5  million);  negative  working  capital  ($7.3 
million) and Goodwill ($39.0 million). The fair value of intangible assets and technology acquired was based on 
management’s  assessment  performed  with  the  assistance  of  a  third  party  valuation  consultant.  Goodwill 
represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired  and  comprises  the 
estimated value of Profile’s workforce, unidentifiable intangible assets and the fair value of expected synergies. 
None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The Company expects to finalize its purchase accounting for 
Profiles by January 31, 2015. Profiles contributed $1.9 million to the Company’s fiscal year 2014 revenue since 
its acquisition date.  

Unaudited proforma financial information has not been presented for any of these acquisitions since the effects 
of the acquisitions were not material individually or in the aggregate. 

Note 6 – Restructuring Charges 

In fiscal years 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $42.7 million, or $28.3 
million  after  tax  ($0.48  per  share)  and  $29.3  million,  or  $19.8  million  after  tax  ($0.33  per  share),  respectively, 
which  are  reflected  in  the  Restructuring  Charges  line  item  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  and 
described in more detail below: 

Restructuring and Reinvestment Program: 

In  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  initiated  a  program  (the  “Restructuring  and  Reinvestment  Program”)  to 
restructure  and  realign  its  cost  base  with  current  and  anticipated  future  market  conditions.    The  Company  is 
targeting a majority of the cost savings achieved to improve margins and earnings, while the remainder will be 
reinvested in high growth digital business opportunities.   

The following table summarizes the pre-tax restructuring charges related to this program (in thousands):  

2014 

2013 

Total Charges 
Incurred to Date 

Charges by Segment: 
   Research 
   Professional Development 
   Education 
   Shared Services 
Total Restructuring Charges 

Charges by Activity: 
   Severance 
   Process reengineering consulting 
   Other activities 
Total Restructuring Charges 

$2,896 
6,284 
1,118 
14,154 
$24,452 

$19,706 
2,618 
2,128 
$24,452 

$10,670 
18,144 
2,009 
36,351 
$67,174 

$45,668 
11,174 
10,332 
$67,174 

$7,774 
11,860 
891 
22,197 
$42,722 

$25,962 
8,556 
8,204 
$42,722 

- 77 - 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  fiscal  year  2014  Restructuring  Charges  for  Research  and  Professional  Development  are  net  of  credits  of 
approximately  $1.0  million  and  $1.2  million,  respectively,  related  to  the  reversal  of  severance  provisions 
previously  recorded  by  the  Company.  The  credits  reflect  employees  who  have  accepted  different  positions 
within  the Company,  or who  voluntarily  resigned. Other  Activities  for  fiscal  year 2014  mainly  reflect  lease  and 
other contract termination costs, while the fiscal year 2013 Other Activities include termination/curtailment costs 
related to the U.S. defined benefit pension plan. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  activity  for  the  Restructuring  and  Reinvestment  Program  liability  in  fiscal 
year 2014 (in thousands): 

April 30, 

Translation & 

April 30, 

2013 

Provisions 

Payments  Reclassifications 

2014 

Foreign 

Severance 

Process reengineering consulting 

Other activities 

Total 

$18,803 

$25,962 

$(15,820) 

1,101 

- 

8,556 

8,204 

(8,933) 

(2,423) 

$19,904 

$42,722 

$(27,176) 

$310 

(2) 

(786) 

$(478) 

$29,255 

722 

4,995 

$34,972 

The  restructuring  liability  for  accrued  Severance  costs  is  reflected  in  Accrued  Employment  Costs  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position while the Process reengineering consulting costs are reflected in 
Other  Accrued  Liabilities.  Approximately  $2.0  million  and  $3.0  million  of  the  Other  Activities  are  reflected  in 
Other Accrued Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities, respectively.  

Other Restructuring Programs:  

As  part  of  the  Company’s  ongoing  transition  and  transformation  to  digital  products  and  services,  certain 
activities were identified in the first quarter of fiscal year 2013 that were discontinued, outsourced, or relocated 
to lower cost regions.  As a result, the Company recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge of approximately $4.8 
million,  or  $3.5  million  after  tax  ($0.06  per  share),  during  the  period  for  redundancy  and  separation  benefits. 
Approximately  $3.0  million,  $1.3  million  and  $0.2  million  of  the  restructuring  charge  was  recorded  within  the 
Research,  Professional  Development  and  Education  reporting  segments,  respectively,  with  the  remainder 
recognized in Shared Service costs. In fiscal year 2014, the Company made redundancy and separation benefit 
payments of $1.1 million related to this program.  As of January 31, 2014, all redundancy and separation benefit 
payments related to this program were complete.  

Note 7 – Impairment Charges 

In fiscal years 2014 and 2013, in conjunction with the restructuring programs the Company recognized total pre-
tax  asset  impairment  charges  of  $4.8  million,  or  $3.4  million  after  tax  ($0.06  per  share)  and  $30.7  million,  or 
$21.0 million after tax ($0.35 per share), respectively, which are reflected in the Impairment Charges line item of 
the Consolidated Statements of Income and described in more detail below: 

Fiscal Year 2014 

Technology Investments 

In the second quarter of fiscal year 2014, the Company terminated a multi-year software development program 
for an internal operations application due to a change in the Company’s longer-term enterprise systems plans. 
As a result, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge for previously capitalized software costs related 
to the program of $4.8 million, or $3.4 million after tax ($0.06 per share). 

- 78 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year 2013 

Consumer Publishing Programs 

The  Company  began  accounting  for  its  culinary,  CliffsNotes,  and  Webster’s  New  World  Dictionary  consumer 
publishing programs as Assets Held for Sale in the second quarter of fiscal year 2013. The Company recorded a 
pre-tax impairment charge of $12.1 million, or $7.5 million after tax ($0.12 per share), in the second quarter of 
fiscal year 2013 to reduce the carrying value of the assets within these programs to approximately $9.9 million, 
which represented their fair value based on the estimated sales price, less costs to sell. As discussed in Note 8, 
on  November  5,  2012,  the  Company  completed  a  sale  to  Houghton  Mifflin  Harcourt  for  $11.0  million  in  cash, 
which  approximated  the  carrying  value  of  related  assets  sold.  In  addition,  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  year 
2013,  the  Company  recorded  a  pre-tax  impairment  charge  of  $3.4  million,  or  $2.1  million  after  tax  ($0.04  per 
share)  to  reduce  the  carrying  value  of  inventory  and  royalty  advances  within  its  other  consumer  publishing 
programs to their estimated realizable value. 

Controlled Circulation Publishing Assets 

In  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  identified  certain  controlled  circulation  publishing  programs  that  no  longer 
aligned with the Company’s long-term strategy, shifting key resources from these programs to other publishing 
programs  within  the  Research  segment.  As  a  result,  the  Company  performed  an  impairment  test  on  the 
intangible assets related to these controlled circulation publishing programs in fiscal year 2013, which resulted in 
a  $9.9  million  pre-tax  impairment  charge,  or  $8.2  million  after  tax  ($0.14  per  share).  The  intangible  assets 
principally  consisted  of  acquired  publication  rights.  The  impairment  charge  resulted  in  a  full  write-off  of  the 
carrying  value  of  these  intangible  assets  based  on  their  estimated  fair  values as determined  by  the Company 
utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis. 

Technology Investments 

In fiscal year 2013, the Company identified certain technology investments which no longer fit the Company’s 
technology  strategy.  As  a  result,  the  Company  recorded  an  asset  impairment  charge  of  $5.3  million,  or  $3.2 
million after-tax ($0.05 per share), to write-off the full carrying value of the related assets.   

Note 8 – Gain (Net of Losses) on Sale of Consumer Publishing Programs 

Sale of Travel Publishing Program: 

On  August  31,  2012,  the  Company  sold  its  travel  publishing  program,  including  all  of  its  interests  in  the 
Frommer’s, Unofficial Guides, and WhatsonWhen brands to Google, Inc. (“Google”) for $22 million in cash, of 
which  $3.3  million  was  held  in  escrow.  As  a  result,  the  Company  recorded  a  $9.8  million  pre-tax  gain  on  the 
sale, or $6.2 million after tax ($0.10 per share), in fiscal year 2013. In connection with the sale, the Company 
also  entered  into  a  transition  services  agreement  which  ended  on  December  31,  2013.  The  escrow  was 
released  to  the  Company  in  fiscal  year  2014.  Fees  earned  by  the  Company  in  fiscal  year  2013  in  connection 
with the service agreement were $0.5 million.  

Sale of Culinary, CliffsNotes and Webster’s New World Publishing Programs: 

On November 5, 2012, the Company completed the sale of the Company’s culinary, CliffsNotes, and Webster’s 
New World Dictionary consumer publishing programs to Houghton Mifflin Harcourt (“HMH”) for $11.0 million in 
cash, which approximated the carrying value of related assets sold, of which $1.1 million was held in escrow.  
The escrow was released to the Company in May 2014. In connection with the sale, the Company also entered 
into a transition services agreement which ended on March 5, 2013.  Fees earned by the Company in fiscal year 
2013 in connection with the service agreement were $1.5 million. 

- 79 - 

 
Sale of Other Consumer Publishing Programs: 

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2013,  the  Company  completed  the  sale  of  its  other  consumer  publishing 
programs  to  various  buyers  for  approximately  $1  million  in  cash  and  a  limited  future  royalty  interest.  The 
Company recorded a $3.8 million pre-tax loss on the sales, or $3.6 million after tax ($0.06 per share) in fiscal 
year 2013. 

Note 9 – Inventories 

Inventories at April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

Finished Goods 
Work-in-Process 
Paper, Cloth, and Other 

Inventory Value of Estimated Sales Returns 
LIFO Reserve 
Total Inventories 

2014 

$62,071
6,041 
5,476 
73,588
6,774 
(4,867) 
$75,495

2013 

$68,040
5,890 
6,577 
80,507
6,862 
(5,352) 
$82,017

See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Sales Return Reserves for a discussion of Inventory 
Value of Estimated Returns.   

Note 10 – Product Development Assets 

Product development assets consisted of the following at April 30 (in thousands): 

Composition Costs 

Royalty Advances 

Total 

2014 

2013 

$45,603 

$48,861 

37,337 

39,015 

$82,940 

$87,876 

Composition costs are net of accumulated amortization of $201.4 million and $179.9 million as of April 30, 2014 
and 2013, respectively. 

Note 11 – Technology, Property and Equipment  

Technology, property and equipment consisted of the following at April 30 (in thousands): 

2014 

2013 

Capitalized Software and Computer Hardware 

$471,619 

$423,247 

Buildings and Leasehold Improvements 

100,944 

Furniture, Fixtures and Warehouse Equipment 

78,276 

Land and Land Improvements 

4,367 

98,846 

82,739 

4,025 

Accumulated Depreciation 

Total 

655,206 

608,857 

(466,488) 

(419,232) 

$188,718 

$189,625 

The net book value of capitalized software costs was $105.4 million and $98.9 million as of April 30, 2014 and 
2013,  respectively.  Depreciation  expense  recognized  in  2014,  2013,  and  2012  for  capitalized  software  costs 
was approximately $36.5 million, $33.1 million and $26.0 million, respectively. 

- 80 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 12 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

The following table summarizes the activity in goodwill by segment as of April 30 (in thousands): 

Research 
Professional Development 
Education 

2013 

Acquisitions 

$456,583
         228,987
         149,970

$         -
          39,017
         -

Foreign 
Translation 
Adjustment 

$28,598
              654
(144)

2014 

$485,181
         268,658
         149,826

Total 

$835,540

$39,017

$29,108

$903,665

The acquisitions for Professional Development reflect the Profiles acquisition.  

Intangible assets as of April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

                   2014 

2013 

        Cost 

Accumulated
Amortization 

   Cost 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

Intangible Assets with Determinable Lives 

Content and Publishing Rights 

   $834,932 

$(299,105) 

   $790,881 

$(260,947) 

Customer Relationships 

Brands & Trademarks 

Covenants not to Compete 

Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives 

Brands & Trademarks 

Content and Publishing Rights  

195,085 

(32,790) 

24,000 

1,490 

(9,284) 

(767) 

179,336 

25,700 

1,840 

(23,634) 

(11,894) 

(782) 

1,055,507 

(341,946) 

997,757 

(297,257) 

164,202 

106,898 

- 

- 

153,747 

100,710 

- 

- 

$1,326,607 

$(341,946) 

$1,252,214 

$(297,257) 

Based on the current amount of intangible assets subject to amortization and assuming current exchange rates, 
the  estimated  amortization  expense  for  each  of  the  succeeding  five  fiscal  years  are  as  follows:  2015  -  $46 
million; 2016 - $44 million; 2017 - $42 million; 2018 – $39 million and 2019 - $36 million. 

- 81 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 13 - Income Taxes 

The provisions for income taxes for the years ended April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

Current Provision 

US – Federal 

International 

State and Local 

Total Current Provision 

Deferred Provision (Benefit) 

US – Federal 

International 

State and Local 

2014 

2013 

2012 

 $13,541 

 $23,835 

 $11,253 

34,519 

  (733) 

34,019 

2,091 

43,017 

2,049 

$47,327 

$59,945 

$56,319 

$(1,748) 

(10,008) 

(547) 

$(11,312) 

(5,553) 

(383)  

$9,736 

(7,820) 

1,114  

Total Deferred Provision (Benefit) 

 $(12,303) 

 $(17,248) 

 $3,030 

Total Provision 

$35,024 

$42,697 

$59,349 

International and United States pretax income for the years ended April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

International 

United States 

Total 

2014 

2013 

2012 

  $159,442

  $156,114

  $171,315 

36,092

30,808

100,780 

 $195,534

 $186,922

 $272,095 

The  Company’s  effective  income  tax  rate  as  a  percentage  of  pretax  income  differed  from  the  U.S.  federal 
statutory rate as shown below: 

U.S. Federal Statutory Rate 

Benefit from Lower Taxes on Non-US Income 

State Income Taxes, Net of U.S. Federal Tax Benefit 

Deferred Tax Benefit From Statutory Tax Rate Change 

Tax Adjustments and Other 

Effective Income Tax Rate 

2014 

2013 

2012 

35.0% 

(10.8) 

0.4 

(5.4) 

(1.3) 

35.0% 

35.0% 

(9.3) 

0.6 

(4.5) 

1.0 

(6.8) 

0.8 

(3.2) 

(4.0) 

17.9% 

22.8% 

21.8% 

Deferred  Tax  Benefit  from  Statutory  Tax  Rate  Change:    In  fiscal  years  2014,  2013  and  2012,  the  Company 
recognized non-cash deferred tax benefits of $10.6 million ($0.18 per share), $8.4 million ($0.14 per share), and 
$8.8 million ($0.14 per share), respectfully, principally associated with new tax legislation enacted in the United 
Kingdom (“U.K.”) that reduced the U.K. statutory income tax rates by 3%, 2% and 2%, respectively. The benefits 
reflect  the  remeasurement  of  all  applicable  U.K  deferred  tax  balances  to  the  new  income  tax  rates  of  21% 
effective April 1, 2014 and 20% effective April 1, 2015.  

Tax Adjustments and Other:  In fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded tax benefits of $2.6 
million,  $0.7  million  and  $10.9  million,  respectively,  related  to  the  expiration  of  the  statute  of  limitations  and 
favorable resolutions of certain federal, state and foreign tax matters with tax authorities. The fiscal year 2012 
tax benefit of $10.9 million includes the release of a $7.5 million income tax reserve that was originally recorded 
in conjunction with the purchase accounting for the Blackwell acquisition. In addition to the tax benefit recorded 

- 82 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of $0.7 million in fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded a tax charge of $2.1 million due to published IRS tax 
positions related to the Company’s ability to take certain deductions in the U.S.   

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes:   
As of April 30, 2014 and April 30, 2013, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits were $23.8 million and 
$25.5 million, respectively, of which $3.2 million and $3.1 million represented accruals for interest and penalties 
recorded as additional tax expense in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy. Within the income tax 
provision for fiscal years 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded net interest expense (income) and penalties on 
the unrecognized and recognized tax benefits of $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively. As of April 30, 2014 
and  April  30,  2013,  the  total  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  that,  if  recognized,  would  reduce  the 
Company’s  income  tax  provision  were  approximately  $23.2  million  and  $23.8  million,  respectively.  The 
Company does not expect any significant changes to the unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.  

A reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits included within the Other Long-Term Liabilities line item in the 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position follows (in thousands): 

Balance at May 1st 

Additions for Current Year Tax Positions  

Additions for Prior Year Tax Positions  

Reductions for Prior Year Tax Positions 

Foreign Translation Adjustment 

Payments 

Reductions for Lapse of Statute of Limitations  

2014 

2013 

$25,501 

$24,252 

934 

1,070 

(3,209) 

1,111 

(496) 

(1,085) 

1,182 

2,749 

(906) 

(291) 

(1,089) 

(396) 

Balance at April 30th 

 $23,826 

 $25,501 

Tax Audits: 
The  Company  files  income  tax  returns  in  the  U.S.  and  various  states  and  non-U.S.  tax  jurisdictions.  The 
Company’s  major  taxing  jurisdictions  include  the  United  States,  the  United  Kingdom  and  Germany.  The 
Company  is  no  longer  subject  to  income  tax  examinations  for  years  prior  to  fiscal  year  2010  in  the  major 
jurisdictions in which the Company is subject to tax. The Company’s last U.S. federal audit was for fiscal years 
2006 through 2009 which resulted in minimal adjustments principally related to temporary differences.   

In fiscal year 2003, the Company merged several of its German subsidiaries into a new operating entity which 
enabled the Company to increase (“step-up”) the tax deductible net asset basis of the merged subsidiaries to 
fair market value. The expected tax benefits to be derived from the step-up are approximately 50 million euros 
claimed as amortization over 15 years beginning in fiscal year 2003. As part of its routine tax audit process, the 
German tax authorities notified the Company in May 2012, they are challenging the Company’s tax position with 
respect to the amortization of certain stepped-up assets. The Company’s management and its advisors believe 
that it is “more likely than not” to successfully defend that the tax treatment was proper and in accordance with 
German tax regulations. The circumstances are not unique to the Company. 

Under German tax law, the Company must pay all contested taxes and the related interest to have the right to 
defend its position challenged by authorities.  As a result, the Company made tax and related interest deposits 
of 33 million euros in fiscal year 2013 and an additional 9 million euros in fiscal year 2014 related to amortization 
claimed on certain “stepped-up” assets. The Company has made all required payments to date. The Company 
expects that it will be required to deposit additional amounts up to 15 million euros plus interest for tax returns to 
- 83 - 

 
 
 
be  filed  in  future  periods  until  the  issue  is  resolved.  The  challenge  is  expected  to  ultimately  be  decided  by  a 
court  and  could  take  several  years  to  reach  resolution.  If  the  Company  is  successful,  as  expected,  the  tax 
deposits  will be  returned  to  the company  with 6% simple  interest,  based on current  German  legislation. As  of 
April 30, 2014, the USD equivalent of the total deposits paid by the Company and the related accrued interest 
was  $64.0  million,  which  is  recorded  as  Income  Tax  Deposits  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial 
Position.  For  fiscal  years  2014  and  2013,  the  Company  recorded  accrued  interest  of  $1.7  million  and  $0.9 
million as a benefit within the Provision for Income Taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  

Deferred Taxes: 
Deferred taxes result from temporary differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial 
reporting purposes.  It is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable 
income  to  realize  the  deferred  tax  assets.  The  significant  components  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  at 
April 30 were as follows (in thousands): 

Inventory 

Intangible and Fixed Assets 

Total Deferred Tax Liabilities 

Net Operating Losses 

Reserve for Sales Returns and Doubtful Accounts 

Accrued Expenses 

Accrued Employee Compensation 

Retirement and Post-Employment Benefits 

2014 

$5,494 

303,003 

2013 

$8,328 

301,239 

$308,497 

$309,567 

$6,538 

7,965 

9,981 

33,227 

46,902 

$5,813 

6,297 

11,849 

35,505 

64,680 

Total  Deferred Tax Assets 

$104,613 

$124,144 

Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 

$203,884 

$185,423 

  Reported As 

Current Deferred Tax Assets 

Non-current Deferred Tax Assets 

Non-current  Deferred  Tax Liabilities 

Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 

$11,836 

6,762 

$5,513 

6,590 

222,482 

197,526 

$203,884 

$185,423 

Pretax earnings of a non-U.S. subsidiary or affiliate are subject to U.S. taxation when repatriated. The Company 
intends to reinvest earnings outside the U.S. except in instances where repatriating such earnings would result 
in no additional tax. Accordingly, the Company has not recognized U.S. tax expense on non-U.S. earnings. At 
April 30, 2014, the accumulated undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries approximated $599 million. It is 
not  practical  to  determine  the  U.S.  income  tax  liability  that  would  be  payable  if  such  earnings  were  not 
indefinitely reinvested. 

Note 14 - Debt and Available Credit Facilities 

As  of  April  30,  2014  and  2013,  the  Company’s  long-term  debt  consisted  of  amounts  due  under  its  revolving 
credit  facility  of  approximately  $700.1  million  and  $673.0  million,  respectively.    On  November  2,  2011,  the 
Company amended and restated its existing credit facility with Bank of America - Merrill Lynch and The Royal 

- 84 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank of Scotland plc as joint lead arrangers and Bank of America as administrative agent. The new agreement 
consisted of a $700 million five-year senior revolving credit facility, which can be drawn in multiple currencies.  
The proceeds of the new revolving credit facility were used to pay down the Company’s prior credit facility and 
meet seasonal operating cash requirements.  On October 18, 2012, the Company increased the facility’s credit 
limit  to  $825  million  to  finance  the  Deltak  acquisition  and  then  increased  it  to  $940  million  on  April  4,  2014. 
Under  the  current  agreement,  the  Company  has  the  option  of  borrowing  at  the  following  floating  interest 
rates:  (i)  at  a  rate  based  on  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  (“LIBOR”)  plus  an  applicable  margin  ranging 
from  1.05%  to  1.65%,  depending  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  leverage  ratio,  as  defined,  or  (ii)  for  U.S. 
dollar-denominated loans only, at the lender’s base rate plus an applicable margin ranging from zero to 0.65%, 
depending on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio.  The lender’s base rate is defined as the highest of (i) 
the U.S. federal funds effective rate plus a 0.50% margin, (ii) the Eurocurrency rate, as defined, plus a 1.00% 
margin, or (iii) the Bank of America prime lending rate.  In addition, the Company pays a facility fee ranging from 
0.20% to 0.35% depending on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio.  The Company also has the option to 
request an additional credit limit increase of up to $160 million in minimum increments of $50 million, subject to 
the  approval  of  the  lenders.  The  credit  agreement  contains  certain  restrictive  covenants  related  to  the 
Company’s consolidated leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio, which the Company was in compliance with 
as  of  April  30,  2014.  Due  to  the  fact  that  there  are  no  principal  payments  due  until  the  end  of  the  amended 
agreement in fiscal year 2017, the Company has classified its entire debt obligation as long-term as of April 30, 
2014. 

The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  have  other  short-term  lines  of  credit  aggregating  $12.7  million  at  various 
interest  rates.  No  borrowings  under  the  credit  lines  were  outstanding  as  of  April  30,  2014  or  2013.  The 
Company’s  total  available  lines  of  credit  as  of  April  30,  2014  were  approximately  $952.7  million,  of  which 
approximately $252.6 million was unused. The weighted average interest rates on long-term debt outstanding 
during  fiscal  years  2014  and  2013  were  1.82%  and  1.93%,  respectively.  As  of  April  30,  2014  and  2013,  the 
weighted average interest rates for the long-term debt were 1.99% and 1.86%, respectively. Based on estimates 
of interest rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms and maturities, the fair value of 
the Company’s long-term debt approximates its carrying value. 

Note 15 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities 

The  Company,  from  time-to-time,  enters  into  forward  exchange  and  interest  rate  swap  contracts  as  a  hedge 
against foreign currency asset and liability commitments, changes in interest rates and anticipated transaction 
exposures,  including  intercompany  purchases.  All  derivatives  are  recognized  as  assets  or  liabilities  and 
measured at fair value.  Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges are adjusted to fair value with 
a  corresponding  adjustment  to  earnings.  The  Company  does  not  use  financial  instruments  for  trading  or 
speculative purposes.   

Interest Rate Contracts: 
The Company had $700.1 million of variable rate loans outstanding at April 30, 2014, which approximated fair 
value.  As  of  April  30,  2014  and  2013,  the  interest  rate  swap  agreements  maintained  by  the  Company  were 
designated as fully effective cash flow hedges as defined under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815 
“Derivatives  and  Hedging.”    As  a  result,  there  was  no  impact  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Income  for  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swaps.  Under  ASC  815,  fully  effective  derivative 
instruments  that  are  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  have  changes  in  their  fair  value  recorded  initially  within 
Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position.  As  interest 
expense is recognized based on the variable rate loan agreements, the corresponding deferred gain or loss on 
the interest rate swaps is reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss to Interest Expense in the 
- 85 - 

 
Consolidated Statements of Income. It is management’s intention that the notional amount of interest rate swaps 
be less than the variable rate loans outstanding during the life of the derivatives. 

On January 15, 2014, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement which fixed a portion of the 
variable  interest  due  on  its  variable  rate  loans  outstanding.  Under  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  the  Company 
pays a fixed rate of 0.47% and receives a variable rate of interest based on one-month LIBOR (as defined) from 
the counterparty which is reset every month for a two-year period ending January 15, 2016. As of April 30, 2014, 
the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $150.0 million. 

On  March  30,  2012,  the  Company  entered  into  an  interest  rate  swap  agreement  which  fixed  a  portion  of  the 
variable  interest  due  on  its  variable  rate  loans  outstanding.  Under  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  the  Company 
pays  a  fixed  rate  of  0.645%  and  receives  a  variable  rate  of  interest  based  on  one-month  LIBOR  (as  defined) 
from the counterparty which is reset every month for a three-year period ending March 31, 2015. As of April 30, 
2014  and  2013,  the  notional  amount  of  the  interest  rate  swap  was  $150.0  million  and  $250.0  million, 
respectively.   

The Company records the fair value of its interest rate swaps on a recurring basis using Level 2 inputs of quoted 
prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets. The fair value of the interest rate swaps as of April 30, 
2014 and 2013 was a deferred loss of $1.0 million and $1.6 million, respectively. Based on the maturity dates of 
the  contracts,  the  deferred  loss  as  of  April  30,  2014  of  $0.7  million  and  $0.3  million  was  recorded  in  Other 
Accrued Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities, respectively. The $1.6 million deferred loss as of April 30, 
2013 was recorded in Other Long-Term Liabilities. The pre-tax losses that were reclassified from Accumulated 
Other Comprehensive Loss into Interest Expense for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $1.3 million, $1.6 
million and $0.8 million, respectively. Based on the amount in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss at April 
30, 2014, approximately $1.1 million, net of tax, of unrecognized loss would be reclassified into net income in 
the next twelve months. 

Foreign Currency Contracts: 
The  Company  may  enter  into  forward  exchange  contracts  to  manage  the  Company’s  exposure  on  certain 
foreign  currency  denominated  assets  and  liabilities. The  forward  exchange  contracts  are  marked  to  market 
through Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains (Losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income, and carried 
at  their  fair  value  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position. Foreign  currency  denominated  assets 
and liabilities are remeasured at spot rates in effect on the balance sheet date, with the effects of changes in 
spot rates reported in Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains (Losses).  As of April 30, 2014, the Company did 
not maintain any open forward contracts. As of April 30, 2013, there was one open forward exchange contract in 
euros  with  a  notional  amount  in  U.S.  dollars  of  approximately  $30.0  million  which  expired  on  May  16,  2013. 
During  fiscal  years  2012  through  2014,  the  Company  did  not  designate  any  forward  exchange  contracts  as 
hedges under current accounting standards as the benefits of doing so were not material due to the short-term 
nature  of  the  contracts. The  fair  value  changes  in  the  forward  exchange  contracts  substantially  mitigated  the 
changes in the value of the applicable foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities.  

As  of  April  30,  2013,  the  fair  value  of  the  open  forward  exchange  contract  was  a  gain  of  approximately  $0.1 
million,  which  was  measured  on  a  recurring  basis  using  Level  2  inputs  and  recorded  within  the  Prepaid  and 
Other line item in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. For fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, the 
gains  (losses)  recognized  on  the  forward  contracts  were  $(0.4)  million,  $(0.6)  million,  and  $2.4  million, 
respectively.  

- 86 - 

 
 
Note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies 

The following schedule shows the composition of rent expense for operating leases (in thousands): 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Minimum Rental 

$40,929 

$41,899 

$43,620 

Less: Sublease Rentals 

(642) 

(554) 

(501) 

Total 

$40,287 

$41,345 

$43,119 

Future  minimum  payments  under  operating  leases  were  $173.2  million  at  April  30,  2014.  Annual  minimum 
payments under these leases for fiscal years 2015 through 2019 are approximately $39.0 million, $36.5 million, 
$35.0 million, $21.5 million, and $16.9 million, respectively. Rent expense associated with operating leases that 
include  scheduled  rent  increases  and  tenant  incentives,  such  as  rent  holidays  or  leasehold  improvement 
allowances, are recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.  

The Company is involved in routine litigation in the ordinary course of its business.  A provision for litigation is 
accrued when information available to the Company indicates that it is probable a liability has been incurred and 
the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.  Significant judgment may be required to determine both the 
probability and estimates of loss.  When the amount of the loss can only be estimated within a range, the most 
likely outcome within that range is accrued.  If no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other 
amount,  the  minimum  amount  within  the  range  is  accrued.  When  uncertainties  exist  related  to  the  probable 
outcome of litigation and/or the amount or range of loss, the Company does not record a liability, but discloses 
facts related to the nature of the contingency and possible losses if management considers the information to be 
material. Reserves for legal defense costs are recorded when management believes such future costs will be 
material.  The  accruals  for  loss  contingencies  and  legal  costs  are  reviewed  regularly  and  may  be  adjusted  to 
reflect updated information on the status of litigation and advice of legal counsel.  In the opinion of management, 
the  ultimate  resolution  of  all  pending  litigation  as  of  April  30,  2014  will  not  have  a  material  effect  upon  the 
financial condition or results of operations of the Company. 

Note 17 - Retirement Plans 

The  Company  and  its  principal  subsidiaries  have  contributory  and  noncontributory  retirement  plans  that  cover 
substantially all employees. The plans generally provide for employee retirement between the ages of 60 and 
65, and benefits based on length of service and compensation, as defined. 

The  Company  recognizes  the  overfunded  or  underfunded  status  of  defined  benefit  postretirement  plans, 
measured  as  the  difference  between  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets  and  the  projected  benefit  obligation,  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.  The change in the funded status of the plan is recognized within 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Plan assets and 
obligations are measured as of the Company’s balance sheet date.   

The amounts in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss that are expected to be recognized as components of 
net periodic benefit cost during the next fiscal year are as follows (in thousands): 

United States

Non-U.S.

Actuarial Loss 

Prior Service Cost 

Total 

$1,319 

- 

$1,319 

$6,721 

113 

$6,834 

- 87 - 

Total

$8,040 

113 

$8,153 

 
 
 
The  Company  maintains  the  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  for  certain  officers  and  senior 
management  which  provides  for  the  payment  of  supplemental  retirement  benefits  after  the  termination  of 
employment for 10 years or in a lifetime annuity. Under certain circumstances, including a change of control as 
defined, the payment of such amounts could be accelerated on a present value basis. 

The Company’s Board of Directors approved plan amendments that froze the U.S. Employees’ Retirement Plan, 
Supplemental Benefit Plan, and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, effective June 30, 2013.  These plans 
are U.S. defined benefit plans.  Under the amendments, no new employees are permitted to enter these plans 
and no additional benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after June 30, 2013.  This 
amendment decreased the pension benefit liabilities by  $18.2 million, and resulted in an after-tax decrease in 
accumulated other comprehensive loss of $11.3 million. The Company also recorded a pension plan curtailment 
expense of $2.7 million in fiscal year 2013 as a result of the approved plan amendments, which represented a 
write-off of the unrecognized prior service cost for the U.S. plans. The curtailment expense is included within the 
fiscal year 2013 Restructuring Charges line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

The components of net pension expense for the defined benefit plans and the weighted-average assumptions 
were as follows (in thousands): 

Service Cost 

Interest Cost  

2014 

2013 

2012 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

 $       - 

$8,066 

$12,701 

$6,204 

$9,951 

$6,062 

12,613 

17,144 

12,032 

15,784 

12,042 

15,862 

Expected Return on Plan Assets 

(14,838) 

(21,607) 

(12,927) 

(17,975) 

(11,679) 

(17,412) 

Net Amortization of Prior Service Cost 

and Transition Asset 

Recognized Net Actuarial Loss 

Curtailment/Settlement Loss 

- 

5,681 

- 

124 

7,490 

79 

854 

6,050 

2,681 

127 

3,905 

- 

902 

4,444 

- 

133 

670 

- 

Net Pension Expense 

$3,456 

$11,296 

$21,391 

$8,045 

$15,660 

$5,315 

Discount Rate 

Rate of Compensation Increase  

Expected Return on Plan Assets 

4.2% 

N/A 

8.0% 

4.2% 

3.2% 

6.7% 

4.7% 

3.1% 

8.0% 

5.0% 

3.4% 

6.8% 

5.7% 

4.0% 

8.0% 

5.6% 

4.4% 

6.8% 

The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets for the retirement 
plans  with  accumulated  benefit  obligations  in  excess  of  plan  assets  were  $711.0  million,  $676.9  million  and 
$546.3  million,  respectively,  as  of  April  30,  2014  and  $683.5  million,  $655.0  million  and  $480.7  million, 
respectively, as of April 30, 2013.  

The Recognized Net Actuarial Loss for each fiscal year is calculated using the “corridor method” which reflects 
the amortization of the net loss at the beginning of the fiscal year in excess of 10% of the greater of the market 
value of plan assets or the projected benefit obligation.  As a result of freezing the U.S. defined benefit plans, 
the Company changed the amortization period from the  average expected future service period of active plan 
participants to the average expected life of plan participants. This resulted in a pre-tax benefit of approximately 
$1.2 million which was recorded as a reduction of pension expense.  

- 88 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the changes in and the status of the plans’ assets and benefit obligations:   

Dollars in thousands 

CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS 

2014 

2013 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

Fair Value of Plan Assets, Beginning of Year 

$186,527

$306,689 

$160,396

$270,329

Actual Return on Plan Assets 

Employer Contributions 

Employee Contributions 

Settlements 

Benefits Paid 

Foreign Currency Rate Changes 

Fair Value, End of Year 

22,101 

9,608 

- 

- 

15,459 

10,396 

1,770 

(437) 

22,161 

13,210 

- 

- 

40,844 

14,311 

1,892 

- 

(10,250) 

(10,005) 

(9,240) 

(6,907) 

- 

27,220 

- 

(13,780) 

$207,986

$351,092 

$186,527

$306,689

CHANGE IN PROJECTED BENEFIT OBLIGATION 

Benefit Obligation, Beginning of Year 

$(307,659) 

$(394,278) 

$(253,399) 

$(326,730) 

Service Cost 

Interest Cost 

Employee Contributions 

Actuarial Gain (Loss) 

Benefits Paid 

Foreign Currency Rate Changes 

Curtailment 

Amendments and Other 

- 

(8,066) 

(12,701) 

(6,204) 

(12,613) 

(17,144) 

(12,032) 

(15,784) 

- 

(1,770) 

- 

(1,892) 

24,361 

10,250 

- 

- 

- 

1,350 

(56,453) 

(66,702) 

10,005 

(33,237) 

- 

437 

9,240 

- 

18,158 

(472) 

6,907 

16,127 

- 

- 

Benefit Obligation, End of Year 

$(285,661)

$(442,703) 

$(307,659)

$(394,278)

Funded Status 

$(77,673)

$(91,611) 

$(121,132)

$(87,589)

AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION:

Other Noncurrent Assets 

Current Pension Liability 

Noncurrent Pension Liability 

- 

(4,091) 

21 

(580) 

- 

(3,826) 

- 

(533) 

(73,582) 

(91,052) 

(117,306) 

(87,056) 

 Net Amount Recognized in Statement of Financial Position 

$(77,673)

$(91,611) 

$(121,132)

$(87,589)

AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS CONSIST OF (before tax)

Net Actuarial Loss  

Prior Service Cost  

$(68,005) 

$(107,540) 

$(105,311) 

$(102,083) 

- 

(966) 

- 

(1,039) 

Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

$(68,005)

$(108,506) 

$(105,311)

$(103,122)

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive  Loss 

$37,306

$(5,384) 

$(19,948)

$(36,078)

WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED IN 

Discount Rate 

Rate of Compensation Increase 

Accumulated Benefit Obligations 

4.7% 

N/A 

4.2% 

3.2% 

4.2% 

N/A 

4.2% 

3.2% 

$(285,661) 

$(402,225) 

$(307,659) 

$(359,438) 

- 89 - 

 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Basis for determining discount rate:   

The  discount  rates  for  the  United  States,  United  Kingdom  and  Canadian  pension  plans  were  based  on  the 
derivation  of  a  single-equivalent  discount  rate  using  a  standard  spot  rate  curve  and  the  timing  of  expected 
benefit payments as of April 30, 2014. The spot rate curve used is based upon a portfolio of Moody’s-rated Aa3 
(or higher) corporate bonds. The discount rates for the other international plans were based on similar published 
indices with durations comparable to that of each plan’s liabilities. 

Basis for determining the expected asset return: 

The expected long-term rates of return were estimated using market benchmarks for equities, real estate, and 
bonds applied to each plan’s target asset allocation and are estimated by asset class including an anticipated 
inflation  rate.  The  expected  long-term  rates  are  then  compared  to  the  historic  investment  performance  of  the 
plan  assets  as  well  as  future  expectations  and  estimated  through  consultation  with  investment  advisors  and 
actuaries. 

Pension plan assets/investments: 

The  investment  guidelines  for  the  defined  benefit  pension  plans  are  established  based  upon  an  evaluation  of 
market  conditions,  plan  liabilities,  cash  requirements  for  benefit  payments,  and  tolerance  for  risk.    Investment 
guidelines include the use of actively and passively managed securities. The investment objective is to ensure 
that funds are available to meet the plan’s benefit obligations when they are due. The investment strategy is to 
invest in high quality and diversified equity and debt securities to achieve our long-term expectation.  The plans’ 
risk  management  practices  provide  guidance  to  the  investment  managers,  including  guidelines  for  asset 
concentration, credit rating and liquidity.  Asset allocation favors a balanced portfolio, with a global aggregated 
target  allocation  of  approximately  52%  equity  securities,  46%  fixed  income  securities  and  cash,  and  2%  real 
estate.  Due  to  volatility  in  the  market,  the  target  allocation  is  not  always  desirable  and  asset  allocations  will 
fluctuate  between  acceptable  ranges  of  plus  or  minus  5%.  The  Company  regularly  reviews  the  investment 
allocations  and  periodically  rebalances  investments  to  the  target  allocations.  The  Company  categorizes  its 
pension assets into three levels based upon the assumptions (inputs) used to price the assets. Level 1 provides 
the most reliable measure of fair value, whereas Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment. 
The three levels are defined as follows: 

  Level 1:  Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. 
  Level 2:  Observable inputs other than those included in Level 1.  For example, quoted prices for similar 

assets in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets in inactive markets. 

  Level 3:  Unobservable inputs reflecting assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset. 

- 90 - 

 
 
 
 
The Company did not maintain any level 3 assets during fiscal years 2014 and 2013. The following tables set 
forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, pension plan assets at their fair value as of April 30 (in thousands): 

2014 

2013 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Total 

U.S. Plan Assets 

Equity Securities: 

U.S. Commingled Funds 

$         - 

$76,534 

$76,534 

$         - 

$79,449 

$79,449 

Non-U.S. Commingled Funds 

Fixed Income Commingled Funds 

Real Estate 

- 

- 

- 

32,815 

85,335 

13,302 

32,815 

85,335 

13,302 

- 

- 

- 

33,814 

61,440 

11,824 

33,814 

61,440 

11,824 

Total U.S. Plan Assets 

$         - 

$207,986 

$207,986 

$         - 

$186,527 

$186,527 

Non-U.S. Plan Assets 

Equity Securities: 

U.S. Equities 

Non-U.S. Equities 

Balanced Managed Funds 

Fixed Income Securities: 

$         - 

$24,384 

$24,384 

$1,156 

$38,799 

$39,955 

- 

11,284 

73,250 

66,966 

73,250 

78,250 

2,261 

107,607 

109,868 

10,571 

1,938 

12,509 

Government/Sovereign Securities 

Fixed Income Funds 

Other: 

Real Estate/Other 

- 

- 

- 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

2,805 

- 

- 

164,948 

164,948 

12,656 

15,781 

3,855 

16,511 

93,233 

109,014 

7,455 

- 

7,455 

2,805 

- 

15,989 

15,989 

2,843 

-  

2,843 

Total Non-U.S. Plan Assets 

$14,089 

$337,003 

$351,092 

$45,268 

$261,421 

$306,689 

Total Plan Assets 

$14,089 

$544,989 

$559,078 

$45,268 

$447,948 

$493,216 

Expected employer contributions to the defined benefit pension plans in fiscal year 2015 will be approximately 
$14.6  million,  including  $10.4  million  of  minimum  amounts  required  for  the  Company’s  non-U.S.  plans.  From 
time to time, the Company may elect to make voluntary contributions to its defined benefit plans to improve their 
funded status. 

Benefit payments from all plans are expected to approximate $18.1 million in fiscal year 2015, $19.7 million in 
fiscal year 2016, $20.3 million in fiscal year 2017, $21.9 million in fiscal year 2018, $22.5 million in fiscal year 
2019 and $128.9 million for fiscal years 2020 through 2024. 

The Company provides contributory life insurance and health care benefits, subject to certain dollar limitations 
for substantially all of its eligible retired U.S. employees. The cost of such benefits is expensed over the years 
the employee renders service and is not funded in advance. The accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation 
recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of April 30, 2014 and 2013 was $6.2 million 
and $6.3 million, respectively. Annual expenses for these plans for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $0.9 
million, $0.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively.  

The  Company  has  defined  contribution  savings  plans.  The  Company  contribution  is  based  on  employee 
contributions  and  the  level  of  Company  match.  The  employer  contribution  to  these  plans  were  approximately 
$13.9  million,  $9.2  million  and  $9.1  million  in  fiscal  years  2014,  2013,  and  2012  respectively.  The  expense 
recorded  for  these  plans  was  approximately  $15.7  million,  $9.2  million  and  $9.1  million  in  fiscal  years  2014, 

- 91 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013, and 2012 respectively. The increase in fiscal year 2014 expense reflects a change in the U.S. plans to 
increase the Company match due to the freezing of the U.S. defined benefit plan mentioned previously. 

Note 18 – Share-Based Compensation 

All equity compensation plans have been approved by security holders. Under the 2009 Key Employee Stock 
Plan,  as  amended  (“the  Plan”),  qualified  employees  are  eligible  to  receive  awards  that  may  include  stock 
options,  performance-based  stock  awards  and  other  restricted  stock  awards.  Under  the  Plan,  a  maximum 
number  of  8  million  shares  of  Company  Class  A  stock  may  be  issued.  As  of  April  30,  2014,  there  were 
approximately 5,183,438 securities remaining available for future issuance under the Plan. The Company issues 
treasury shares to fund awards issued under the Plan. 

Stock Option Activity: 

Under the terms of the Company’s stock option plan, the exercise price of stock options granted may not be less 
than 100% of the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. Options are exercisable over a maximum 
period of 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest 50% on the fourth and fifth anniversary date after 
the  award  is  granted.    Under  certain  circumstances  relating  to  a  change  of  control,  as  defined,  the  right  to 
exercise options outstanding could be accelerated. 

The following table provides the estimated weighted average fair value for options granted each period using the 
Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  and  the  significant  weighted  average  assumptions  used  in  their 
determination. The expected life represents an estimate of the period of time stock options will be outstanding 
based  on  the  historical  exercise  behavior  of  option  recipients.  The  risk-free  interest  rate  is  based  on  the 
corresponding U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The expected volatility is based on the 
historical  volatility  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  price  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  option  while,  the 
dividend yield is based on the expected dividend payments to be made by the Company.  

Fair Value of Options on Grant Date  

$10.12 

$12.26 

For the Years 
Ended April 30, 
2013 

2014 

2012 

$14.11 

Weighted Average assumptions: 

Expected Life of Options (years) 

7.4  

7.3  

7.3   

Risk-Free Interest Rate 

Expected Volatility 

Expected Dividend Yield 

Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant Date 

2.1% 

30.5% 

2.5% 

$39.53 

1.2% 

30.2% 

2.0% 

$48.06 

2.3% 

29.0% 

1.6% 

$49.55 

- 92 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of the activity and status of the Company’s stock option plans follows: 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Term (in 
years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value (in 
millions) 

Options 
(in 000’s) 

Outstanding at Beginning of 

Year 

Granted 

Exercised 

3,732 

$42.85 

322 

$39.53 

(1,421) 

$42.57 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Options 
(in 000’s)

Options 
(in 000’s)

4,130 

$40.74 

4,258 

$38.52 

394 

$48.06 

411 

$49.55 

(784) 

$34.44 

(539) 

$29.97 

Expired or Forfeited 

(125) 

$47.65 

(8) 

$35.00 

- 

- 

Outstanding at End of Year 

Exercisable at End of Year 

2,508 

1,191 

$42.34 

$39.16 

5.7 

3.7 

$37.9 

$21.8 

3,732 

$42.85 

4,130 

$40.74 

2,166 

$42.45 

2,301 

$40.08 

Vested and Expected to Vest 
in the Future at April 30, 
2014 

2,432 

$42.38 

5.7 

$36.7 

3,603 

$42.93 

The intrinsic value is the difference between the Company’s common stock price and the option grant price. The 
total intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $12.4 million, $10.6 million 
and $10.7 million, respectively.  The total grant date fair value of stock options vested during fiscal year 2014 
was $6.4 million.  

As  of  April  30,  2014,  there  was  $4.5  million  of  unrecognized  share-based  compensation  expense  related  to 
stock  options,  which  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a  period  up  to  5  years,  or  2.2  years  on  a  weighted 
average basis. 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at April 30, 2014: 

Range of 
Exercise Prices 

$31.89 to $35.04 

$38.55 to $39.53 

$40.02 to $47.55 

$48.06 to $49.55 

Total/Average 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Number of 
Options 
(in 000’s) 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Term (in 
years) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Number of 
Options 
(in 000’s) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

576 

459 

558 

915 

2,508 

3.5 

6.7 

5.3 

6.9 

5.7 

$34.75 

$39.23 

$42.19 

$48.77 

$42.34 

576 

141 

354 

120 

$34.75 

$38.55 

$43.45 

$48.46 

1,191 

$39.16 

Performance-Based and Other Restricted Stock Activity: 

Under  the  terms  of  the  Company’s  long-term  incentive  plans,  performance-based  restricted  stock  awards  are 
payable in restricted shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock upon the achievement of certain three-
year  financial  performance-based  targets.  During  each  three-year  period,  the  Company  adjusts  compensation 
expense based upon its best estimate of expected performance. The restricted performance shares vest 50% 
on the first and second anniversary date after the award is earned. 

- 93 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The  Company  may  also  grant  individual  restricted  awards  of  the  Company’s  Class  A  Common  Stock  to  key 
employees  in  connection  with  their  employment.    The  restricted  shares  generally  vest  50%  at  the  end  of  the 
fourth and fifth years following the date of the grant. 

Under  certain  circumstances  relating  to  a  change  of  control  or  termination,  as  defined,  the  restrictions  would 
lapse  and  shares  would  vest  earlier.  Activity  for  performance-based  and  other  restricted  stock  awards  during 
fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 was as follows (shares in thousands):  

2014 

2013 

2012 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Value 

Restricted 
Shares 

Restricted 
Shares 

Restricted 
Shares 

Nonvested Shares at Beginning of Year 

Granted 

Change in shares due to performance 

Vested and Issued 

Forfeited 

Nonvested Shares at End of Year 

837 

348 

(92) 

(256) 

(92) 

745 

$43.39 

$40.85 

$49.32 

$38.01 

$42.71 

$43.40 

1,042 

296 

(227) 

(237) 

(37) 

837 

904 

272 

31 

(159) 

(6) 

1,042 

As  of  April  30,  2014,  there  was  $17.6  million  of  unrecognized  share-based  compensation  cost  related  to 
performance-based and other restricted stock awards, which is expected to be recognized over a period up to 5 
years,  or  3.0  years  on  a  weighted  average  basis.  Compensation  expense  for  restricted  stock  awards  is 
measured using the closing market price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at the date of grant.  The 
total grant date value of shares vested during fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $9.7 million, $9.0 million 
and $7.5 million, respectively.  

Director Stock Awards: 

Under  the  terms  of  the  Company’s  Director  Stock  Plan  (the  “Director  Plan”),  each  non-employee  director 
receives an annual award of Class A Common Stock equal in value to 100% of the annual director retainer fee 
(excluding  additional  retainer  fees  paid  to  committee  chairpersons),  based  on  the  stock  price  on  the  date  of 
grant. The granted shares may not be sold or transferred during the time the non-employee director remains a 
director. There were 12,408; 13,437 and 12,474 shares awarded under the Director Plan for fiscal years 2014, 
2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Note 19 - Capital Stock and Changes in Capital Accounts 

Each share of the Company’s Class B Common Stock is convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock. 
The holders of Class A stock are entitled to elect 30% of the entire Board of Directors and the holders of Class B 
stock  are  entitled  to  elect  the  remainder.  On  all  other  matters,  each  share  of  Class  A  stock  is  entitled  to  one 
tenth of one vote and each share of Class B stock is entitled to one vote. 

During fiscal year 2014, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a share repurchase program for an 
additional  four  million  shares  of  Class  A  or  Class  B  Common  Stock.  During  fiscal  year  2014,  the  Company 
repurchased 1,248,030 shares at an average price of $50.79 per share. As of April 30, 2014, the Company has 
authorization from its Board of Directors to purchase up to 3,261,622 additional shares. 

- 94 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 20 - Segment Information 

The  Company’s  operations  are  primarily  located  in  the  United  States,  Canada,  Europe,  Asia  and  Australia.  
Below is a description of the Company’s three operating segments: 

Research serves the world’s research and scholarly communities and is the largest publisher for professional 
and scholarly societies. Research products include scientific, technical, medical and scholarly research journals, 
books, reference works, databases, clinical decision support tools, laboratory manuals and workflow tools, in the 
publishing areas of the physical sciences and engineering, health sciences, social science and humanities and 
life sciences. Research customers include academic, corporate, government, and public libraries; researchers; 
scientists;  clinicians;  engineers  and  technologists;  scholarly  and  professional  societies;  and  students  and 
professors.  The  Company’s  Research  products  are  sold  and  distributed  globally  in  digital  and  print  formats 
through  multiple  channels,  including  research  libraries  and  library  consortia,  independent  subscription  agents, 
direct  sales  to  professional  society  members,  bookstores,  online  booksellers  and  other  customers.  Publishing 
centers include Australia, Germany, India, Singapore, the United Kingdom and the United States. 

Professional  Development  acquires,  develops  and  publishes  professional  information  and  content  delivered 
through  print  and  digital  books,  test  preparation,  assessments,  online  learning  services  and  certification  and 
training services, Communities served include business, finance, accounting, workplace learning, management, 
leadership,  technology,  behavioral  health,  engineering/architecture  and  education.  Products  are  developed  in 
print  and  digitally  for  worldwide  distribution  through  multiple  channels,  including  chain  and  online  booksellers, 
libraries,  colleges  and  universities,  corporations,  direct  to  consumer,  websites,  distributor  networks  and  other 
online  applications.  Publishing  centers  include  Australia,  Germany,  India,  Singapore,  the  United  Kingdom  and 
the United States. 

Education  produces  education  content  and  solutions,  including  online  program  management  for  higher 
education  institutions  and  course  management  tools  for  instructors  and  students.  Education  offers  learning 
solutions,  innovative  products  and  services  principally  delivered  through  college  bookstores  and  online 
distributors,  with  customers  having  access  to  content  in  digital  and  custom  print  formats,  as  well  as  the 
traditional  print  textbook.  Education’s  cost-effective,  flexible  solutions  are  available  in  each  of  its  publishing 
disciplines,  including  sciences,  engineering,  computer  science,  mathematics,  business  and  accounting, 
statistics,  geography,  hospitality  and  the  culinary  arts,  education,  psychology  and  modern  languages.  
Publishing centers include Asia, Australia, Canada, India, the United Kingdom and the United States. 

Shared  Services  -  The  Company  reports  financial  data  for  shared  service  functions,  which  are  centrally 
managed for the benefit of the three global businesses, including Distribution, Technology Services, Occupancy 
and Other Administration support. The Company uses occupied square footage of space; number of employees; 
units  shipped;  specific  identification/activity-based;  gross  profit;  revenue  and  number  of  invoices  to  allocate 
shared service costs to each business segment.  

- 95 - 

 
 
Segment information is as follows (in thousands): 

RESEARCH: 

Revenue 

Direct Contribution to Profit 
Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services 
Occupancy and Other 

Contribution to Profit 

PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT: 

Revenue 

Direct Contribution to Profit 
Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services 
Occupancy and Other 

Contribution to Profit 

EDUCATION: 

Revenue 

Direct Contribution to Profit 
Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs: 

Distribution 
Technology Services 
Occupancy and Other 

Contribution to Profit 

For the years ended April 30, 
2013 

2014 

2012 

$1,044,349

$1,009,825 

$1,040,727

447,139

420,963 

452,274

(44,229)
(73,238)
(21,779)
$307,893

(46,009) 
(66,105) 
(22,343) 
$286,506 

(47,995)
(65,734)
(21,085)
$317,460

$363,869

$416,495 

$427,562

98,725

86,678 

108,431

(36,158)
(31,599)
(10,586)
$20,382

(40,664) 
(29,187) 
(11,381) 
$5,446 

(45,118)
(25,248)
(13,011)
$25,054

$366,977

$334,458 

$314,453

107,956

103,828 

107,711

(15,286)
(34,401)
(8,401)
$49,868

(15,277) 
(30,727) 
(7,079) 
$50,745 

(15,945)
(27,572)
(5,771)
$58,423

Total Contribution to Profit 

$378,143

$342,697 

$400,937

Unallocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs 
Foreign Exchange Transaction Losses 
Interest Expense & Other, Net 
Income Before Taxes 

(171,470)
(8)
(11,131)
$195,534

(143,270) 
(2,041) 
(10,464) 
$186,922 

(120,518)
(2,261)
(6,063)
$272,095

- 96 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
The following table reflects total shared services and administrative costs by function, which are included in the 
Allocated and Unallocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs above.  The Company allocates a portion 
of these costs to each business segment based on the methodologies described above. 

TOTAL SHARED SERVICES AND ADMINISTRATIVE 
COSTS: 
Distribution 
Technology Services 
Finance 
Other Administration 
Total 

For the years ended April 30, 

2014 
$102,139
197,289
45,261
102,458
$447,147

2013 
$106,578 
171,105 
43,251 
91,108 
$412,042 

2012 
$109,079
146,750
42,774
89,394
$387,997

Total Revenue by Product/Service 
Journal Subscriptions 
Print Books, Textbooks and Custom Products 
Digital Books and Other Digital Products 
Online Education Program Management  
Online Training and Assessment 
Divested Consumer Publishing Programs 
Other Publishing Income 
Total 

Total Assets 
Research 
Professional Development 
Education 
Corporate/Shared Services 
Total 

Expenditures for Long Lived Assets 
Research 
Professional Development 
Education 
Corporate/Shared Services 
Total 

Depreciation and Amortization 
Research 
Professional Development 
Education 
Corporate/Shared Services 
Total 

For the years ended April 30, 
2013 
$651,790 
609,182 
146,455 
33,745 
29,854 
45,555 
244,197 
$1,760,778 

2014 
$678,057
557,161
175,033
70,188
40,201
-
254,555
$1,775,195

2012 
$660,725
672,469
118,715
-
7,553
73,048
250,232
$1,782,742 

$1,392,373
554,146
455,848
674,998
$3,077,365

$1,371,082 
520,703 
422,658 
491,932 
$2,806,375 

$1,444,114
548,751
156,286
383,795
$2,532,946

$23,311
59,837
11,935
57,564
$152,647

$62,664
28,542
40,023
16,868
148,097

$33,817 
43,587 
240,283 
54,723 
$372,410 

$60,049 
35,434 
33,937 
20,096 
$149,516 

$24,454
103,934
20,729
62,935
$212,052

$56,335
34,734
29,792
17,230
$138,091

Export sales from the United States to unaffiliated customers amounted to approximately $169.0 million, $150.3 
million and $151.1 million in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The pretax income for consolidated 
operations  outside  the  United  States  was  approximately  $159.4  million,  $156.1  million  and  $171.3  million  in 
fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

- 97 - 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue from external customers based on the location of the customer and long-lived assets by geographic 
area were as follows (in thousands): 

Revenue 

Long-Lived Assets
(Technology, Property & Equipment) 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2014 

2013 

2012 

United States 

  $937,106 

  $911,838 

  $893,662 

  $135,711 

  $134,107 

  $127,641 

United Kingdom 

127,716 

123,827 

135,781 

Germany 

89,107 

84,737 

88,314 

Asia 

251,402 

247,962 

251,360 

Australia 

79,453 

Canada 

61,559 

79,958 

66,440 

81,150 

74,797 

Other Countries 

228,852 

246,016 

257,678 

32,286 

12,877 

4,403 

2,712 

729 

- 

31,093 

12,492 

7,308 

3,533 

1,092 

- 

33,145 

13,550 

7,956 

4,400 

1,287 

- 

Total  $1,775,195 

$1,760,778 

$1,782,742 

$188,718 

$189,625 

$187,979 

Note 21- Subsequent Event 

On  May  1,  2014,  the  Company  acquired  CrossKnowledge  for  approximately  $175  million  in  cash.  
CrossKnowledge is a learning solutions provider focused on leadership and managerial skills development that 
offers subscription-based, digital learning solutions for global corporations, universities, and small and medium-
sized enterprises. CrossKnowledge’s solutions include managerial and leadership skills assessments, courses, 
certifications,  content  and  executive  training  programs  that  are  delivered  on  a  cloud-based  platform  providing 
over  17,000  learning  objects  in  17  languages.    Solutions  can  be  readily  customized  for  each  individual  client, 
providing employees with access to relevant learning and development resources in a tailored online experience.  
CrossKnowledge  serves  over  five  million  end-users  in  80  countries  speaking  17  languages.  CrossKnowledge 
reported approximately $37 million of revenue and over $9 million of EBITDA in its fiscal year ended June 30, 
2013. Due to the timing of the acquisition, the Company has not yet completed the initial purchase accounting. 
The acquisition was financed from existing cash balances. 

- 98 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplementary Financial Information - Results By Quarter (Unaudited) 

$ In millions, except per share data 

2014 

2013 

Revenue 
First Quarter  
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter  
Fourth Quarter  
Fiscal Year 

Gross Profit 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 
Fiscal Year 

Operating Income 
First Quarter (a) 
Second Quarter (b) 
Third Quarter (c) 
Fourth Quarter (d) 
Fiscal Year  

Net Income  
First Quarter (a) 
Second Quarter (b)   
Third Quarter (c) 
Fourth Quarter (d)  
Fiscal Year   

Income Per Share  
First Quarter (a) 
Second Quarter (b)   
Third Quarter (c) 
Fourth Quarter (d)  
Fiscal Year  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

411.0
449.2
457.9
457.1
1,775.2

291.2
318.8
327.4
330.9
1,268.3

35.6
50.2
73.4
47.5
206.7

35.9
36.2
52.5
35.9
160.5

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

410.7 
431.8 
472.4 
445.9 
1,760.8 

283.5 
302.2 
330.6 
312.2 
1,228.5 

39.0 
62.9 
83.6 
13.9 
199.4 

36.1 
43.1 
57.1 
7.9 
144.2 

2014 

2013 

Diluted

Basic

Diluted 

0.61 $
0.61
0.88
0.60
2.70 $

0.61 $
0.62
0.89
0.61
2.73 $

0.60  $ 
0.71 
0.95 
0.13 
2.39  $ 

Basic
0.61
0.72
0.96
0.14
2.43

a)  In the first quarters of fiscal years 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $7.8 million ($5.0 million after tax 

or $0.08 per share) and $4.8 million ($3.5 million after tax or $0.06 per share) under its restructuring programs, respectfully. 

b)  In the second quarter of fiscal year 2014, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $15.3 million ($10.4 million after tax or 

$0.17 per share) related to the Restructuring and Reinvestment Program.  In the second quarters of fiscal years 2014 and 2013, 

the Company recorded asset impairment charges of $4.8 million ($3.4 million after tax or $0.06 per share) and $15.5 million ($9.6 

million after tax or $0.16 per share), respectively. In addition, the Company reported a gain in the second quarter of fiscal year 2013 

associated with the sale of key assets of its travel publishing program of $9.8 million ($6.2 million after tax or $0.10 per share). 

c)  In  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2014,  the  Company  recorded  net  restructuring  charges  of  $4.3  million  ($2.9  million  after  tax  or 

$0.05 per share) related to the Restructuring and Reinvestment Program.  

d)  In the fourth quarters of fiscal years 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded net restructuring charges related to the Restructuring 

and Reinvestment Program of $15.4 million ($10.1 million after tax or $0.17 per share) and $24.5 million ($16.3 million after tax or 

$0.27 per share), respectively. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded impairment charges of $15.2 million 

($11.4 million after tax or $0.19 per share).  In addition, during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded a loss 

of  $3.8  million,  ($3.6  million  after  tax  or  $0.06  per  share)  related  to  the  sale  of  certain  Professional  Development  consumer 

publishing programs and a tax charge of $2.1 million ($0.04 per share) due to published IRS positions related to the Company's 

ability to take certain deductions in the U.S. 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 2014, 2013, AND 2012 

Schedule II 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Description 

Year Ended April 30, 2014 

Additions/ 
(Deductions)

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Period 

Charged to 
Cost &  
Expenses 

Deductions 
From 
Reserves(2) 

Balance 
at End of 
Period 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 

$31,834 

$52,770 

$55,971 

$28,633 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

$7,360 

$2,441 

$1,855 

$7,946 

      Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 

$28,243 

$18,202 

$21,358 

$25,087 

Year Ended April 30, 2013 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 

$35,773 

$74,793 

$78,732 

$31,834 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

$6,850 

$1,863 

$1,353 

$7,360 

      Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 

$33,932 

$19,930 

$25,619 

$28,243 

Year Ended April 30, 2012 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 

$48,909 

$82,901 

$96,037 

$35,773 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

$19,642 

$2,111 

$14,903 

$6,850 

      Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 

$36,917 

$23,074 

$26,059 

$33,932 

(1)  Allowance for Sales Returns represents anticipated returns net of a recovery of inventory and royalty costs. 
The  provision  is  reported  as  a  reduction  of  gross  sales  to  arrive  at  revenue  and  the  reserve  balance  is 
reported as a reduction of Accounts Receivable with a corresponding increase in Inventories and a reduction 
in Accounts and Royalties Payable (See Note 2).  

(2)  Deductions  from  reserves  include  foreign  exchange  translation  adjustments  and  accounts  written  off,  less 

recoveries. 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure  Controls  and  Procedures:  The  Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer, 
together  with  the  Chief  Accounting  Officer  and  other  members  of  the  Company's  management,  have 
conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  defined  in  Rules  13a-
15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) as of the end of the 
period  covered  by  this  report.    Based  on  this  evaluation,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial 
Officer have concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that 
information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is 
(i)  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  by  the  Securities  and 
Exchange  Commission's  rules  and  forms  and  (ii)  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Company’s 
management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely 
decisions regarding required disclosure.   

Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting:  Our  Management  is  responsible  for 
establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  such  term  is  defined  in 
Rule  13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act.  Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, 
including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  we  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the 
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control – 
Integrated  Framework  (1992)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission.  Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial 
reporting is effective as of April 30, 2014. 

KPMG  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  has  audited  the  consolidated  financial 
statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their report, 
included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. 

Changes  in  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting:  There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting in the fourth quarter of fiscal year  2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably 
likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.   

Item 9B.  Other Information 

None 

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

The  name,  age  and  background  of  each  of  the  directors  nominated  for  election  are  contained  under  the 
caption “Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement for our 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“2014 
Proxy Statement”) and are incorporated herein by reference. 

Information  on  the  audit  committee  financial  experts  is  contained  in  the  2014  Proxy  Statement  under  the 
caption “Report of the Audit Committee” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

101 

 
 
Information  on  the  Audit  Committee  Charter  is  contained  in  the  2014  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption 
“Committees of the Board of Directors and Certain Other Information concerning the Board” 

Information  with  respect  to  the  Company’s  Corporate  Governance  principles  is  publicly  available  on  the 
Company’s Corporate Governance website at www.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-301708.html. 

Executive Officers 

Set forth below are the executive officers of the Company as of April 30, 2014.  Each of the officers listed will 
serve until the next organizational meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company and until each of the 
respective successors are duly elected and qualified.  

PETER BOOTH WILEY - 71 

September 2002 - Chairman of the Board, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. (Director since 1984)  

STEPHEN M. SMITH – 59 

May 2011 - President and Chief Executive Officer, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. 
   June  2009  -  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  –  responsible  for  all  publishing, 

editorial, sales and marketing and business development activities globally. 

May  2007  -  Senior  Vice  President,  Wiley  Europe,  Asia  and  Australia  –  responsible  for  all  company 

activities and operations in the world outside North America 

JOHN A. KRITZMACHER – 54 

July 2013 - Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, John Wiley & Sons Inc. – responsible 
for    the  Company’s  worldwide  financial  organization,  strategic  planning  and  business  development, 
internal audit, information technology, distribution and investor relations. 

October  2012  -  Senior  Vice  President  of  Business  Operations,  Organizational  Planning  &  Structure  at 

WebMD Health Corp 

October 2008 - Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Global Crossing Ltd 

ELLIS E. COUSENS – 62 

2001 - Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer – responsible for the Company’s worldwide 

operations, strategic planning and business development. 

PATRIK U. DYBERG – 50 

February  2012  –  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Technology  Officer  –  responsible  for  leading  the 

Company’s global technology functions. 

June  2009  –  Senior  Vice  President,  Global  Solutions  Development  of  LexisNexis  –  responsible  for  the 

development and maintenance of a large suite of customer-facing products. 

December  2005  –  Vice  President  and  Chief  Information  Officer  of  McGraw  Hill  –  responsible  for 
transforming  the  technology  organization  from  three  different  business  units  into  a  single  shared 
services team. 

MARK J. ALLIN – 52 

August 2010 - Senior Vice President, Professional Development – responsible for leading the Company’s 

global Professional Development business. 

January 2010 - Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Professional and Trade – responsible for PD 

profitability and marketing operations. 

102 

 
 
July  2009  -  Vice  President,  Asia/Pacific  and  International  Development  –  responsible  for  managing 

Wiley’s business operations in Asia and Australia. 

July  2006  -  Managing  Director,  Wiley  Asia  –  responsible  for  managing  Wiley’s  business  operations  in 

Asia 

MARY-JO O’LEARY – 51 

October 2012 – Vice President and Director, Human Resources – responsible for working with the Senior 
Vice President, Human Resources to manage the Company’s Global Human Resources organization. 
July  2003  –  Vice  President,  Marketing  &  Sales  –  responsible  for  managing  the  sales,  marketing  and 

custom publishing functions for the Company’s Education business. 

JOSEPH S. HEIDER – 55 

May  2011  -  Senior  Vice  President,  Education  –  responsible  for  leading  the  Company’s  worldwide 

Education business. 

January 2011 - Senior Vice President, US Higher Education – responsible for leading the Company’s US  

Higher Education business. 

May 2010 - Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Higher Education – responsible for  leading the 
Company’s  US  Higher  Education  Product  Development  and  New  Business  Development  and 
Production Groups. 

October  2000  -  Vice  President,  Product  and  E-Business  Development  –  responsible  for  leading  the 

Company’s Higher Education Product and New Business Development Group. 

GARY M. RINCK – 62 

2004 - Senior Vice President, General Counsel – responsible for all of the Company’s legal and corporate 

governance functions at Wiley. 

STEVEN J. MIRON – 53 

May 2010 - Senior Vice President, Global Research – responsible for leading the Company’s worldwide 

Research business. 

November  2009  -  Chief  Operating  Officer,  Scientific,  Technical,  Medical  and  Scholarly  business  – 

responsible for Research's editorial strategy and operations as well as product marketing. 

February  2007  -  Vice  President  and  Managing  Director,  Physical  Science  –  responsible  for  leading 

Research's Physical Sciences business. 

VINCENT MARZANO – 51 

September 2006 - Vice President, Treasurer – responsible for global treasury operations, insurable risk 

management, accounts receivable, and credit and collections. 

EDWARD J. MELANDO – 58 

January 2013 – Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer – responsible 

for Financial Reporting, Taxes, and Financial Shared Services. 

2002  -  Vice  President,  Corporate  Controller  and  Chief  Accounting  Officer  –  responsible  for  Financial 

Reporting, Taxes and the Financial Shared Services. 

REED ELFENBEIN – 60 

October  2012  –  Senior  Vice  President,  International  Development  and  Global  Research  –  leads  team 
responsible  for  increasing  market  share  in  growing  and  emerging  markets  and  supervises  the 
worldwide Research sales team. 

103 

 
February 2007 – Vice President and Managing Director, Sales and Marketing – supervised the domestic 

and international sales and marketing teams. 

CLAY E. STOBAUGH – 56 

August  2011  –  Senior  Vice  President,  Corporate  Marketing  –  responsible  for  strategic  marketing  and 

customer relationship management. 

July  2005  –  Executive  Vice  President,  Sales  and  Marketing  of  SRSsoft,  Inc.  –  responsible  for  all  sales 

and marketing activity. 

JOHN W. SEMEL – 43 

February 2009 – Senior Vice President, Planning and Development – responsible for global acquisitions 
investments,  strategic  planning,  corporate  alliances  and  business 

and  divestitures,  strategic 
development. 

2008  –  Executive  Vice  President,  Business  Development  of  The  Weinstein  Company  –  responsible  for 
acquisitions, strategic investments, alliances, joint ventures, and managing integrated marketing across 
media properties. 

EDWARD J. MAY – 50 

November  2013  -  Corporate  Secretary  –  responsible  for  Board  administration  and  compliance  with 

corporate regulatory requirements.  

October  2012  -  Director  of  Corporate  Governance,  Tyco  International  Ltd.  –  responsible  for  the 

governance structure and ERM program at Tyco International Ltd. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

Information  on  compensation  of  the  directors  and  executive  officers  is  contained  in  the  2014  Proxy 
Statement under the captions “Directors’ Compensation” and “Executive Compensation,” respectively, and is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

104 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Information on the beneficial ownership reporting for the directors and executive officers is contained under 
the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” within the “Beneficial Ownership of 
Directors and Management” section of the 2014 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 
Information  on  the  beneficial  ownership  reporting  for  all  other  shareholders  that  own  5%  of  more  of  the 
Company’s  Class  A  or  Class  B  Common  Stock  is  contained  under  the  caption  “Voting  Securities,  Record 
Date, Principal Holders” in the 2014 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

The following table summarizes the Company’s equity compensation plan information as of April 30, 2014: 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans approved by 
shareholders  

Number of 
securities to be 
issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding 
options, warrants
and rights 

Weighted-
average 
exercise price of 
outstanding 
options, 
warrants 
and rights 

Number of 
securities remaining 
available for future 
issuance under equity
compensation plans 

3,253,414 (1) 

$42.34 

5,183,438 

(1) This amount includes the following awards issued under the 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan: 

  2,507,993 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options with a weighted average 

exercise price of $42.34 

  745,421 non-vested performance-based and other restricted stock awards. Since these awards have 

no exercise price, they are not included in the weighted average exercise price calculation.  

All of the Company’s equity compensation plans are approved by shareholders.  

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Information  on  related  party  transactions  and  the  policies  and  procedures  for  reviewing  and  approving 
related  party  transactions  are  contained  under  the  caption  “Transactions  with  Related  Persons”  within  the 
“Board and Committee Oversight of Risk” section of the 2014 Proxy Statement and are incorporated herein 
by reference. 

Information  on  director  independence  is  contained  under  the  caption  “Director  Independence”  within  the 
“Board of Directors and Corporate Governance” section of the 2014 Proxy Statement.  

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Information required by this item is contained in the 2014 Proxy Statement under the caption “Report of the 
Audit Committee” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K 

(a)  

(b)  

(c) 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

Financial Statements and Schedules are included in the attached index on page 3 and are filed as part of 
this report 

Reports on Form 8-K submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission since the filing of the 
Company’s 10-Q on March 12, 2014: 

Announcement of the completion of the acquisition of Profiles International issued on Form 8-K dated April 
2, 2014. 

Announcement of definitive agreement to acquire CrossKnowledge issued on Form 8-K dated April 15, 
2014. 

Announcement of the completion of the acquisition of CrossKnowledge issued on Form 8-K dated May 1, 
2014. 

Investor presentation issued on Form 8-K dated May 8, 2014. 

Earnings release on the fiscal year 2014 results issued on Form 8-K dated June 17, 2014, which included 
certain condensed financial statements of the Company. 

Exhibits 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K 
for the year ended April 30, 1992). 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated October 13, 1995 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 1997). 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1998 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1998). 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1999 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1999). 

By-Laws as Amended and Restated dated as of September 2007 (incorporated by reference to the 
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2008). 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 2, 2011, among the Company and Bank 
of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and Other Lenders Party 
Hereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended 
October 31, 2011). 

Agreement of Lease dated as of August 4, 2000, between, Block A South Waterfront Development L.L.C., 
as Landlord, and the Company, as Tenant (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 
10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2000). 

2009 Director Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarterly period ended October 31, 2009). 

2009 Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2011). 

Amended 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan (Revised September 15, 2011 and incorporated by reference to 
the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2011). 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as Amended and Restated effective as of January 1, 2009 
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010). 

Amendments A and B to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as Amended and Restated 
Effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarterly period ended July 31, 2010). 

Resolution amending the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan to Cease Accruals and Freeze 
Participation effective June 30, 2013. 

Supplemental Benefit Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2009, including amendments through 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

August 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period 
ended January 31, 2011).  

Resolution amending the Supplemental Benefit (Retirement) Plan to Cease Accruals and Freeze 
Participation effective June 30, 2013. 

Deferred Compensation Plan as Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010). 

Resolution amending the Deferred Compensation Plan effective July 1, 2013. 

Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors’ 2005 & After Compensation (incorporated by reference to the 
Report on Form 8-K, filed December 21, 2005). 

10.14* 

Form of the Fiscal year 2015 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan. 

10.15* 

Form of the Fiscal year 2015 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan. 

10.16* 

Form of the Fiscal year 2015 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan.  

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

21* 

23* 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2014 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2013). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2014 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the 
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2013). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2014 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2013). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2013 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2012). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2013 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the 
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2012). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2013 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2012). 

Senior Executive Employment Agreement to Arbitrate dated as of April 29, 2003 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003). 

Senior Executive Non-competition and Non-Disclosure Agreement dated as of April 29, 2003 
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of September 17, 2010 and effective as of May 1, 
2011, between Stephen M. Smith and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report 
on Form 8-K dated as of September 22, 2010). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of May 20, 2013 between John A. Kritzmacher and the 
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated as of June 4, 2013). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of December 1, 2008, between Ellis E. Cousens and 
the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period 
ended January 31, 2009). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement letter dated as of March 15, 2004, between Gary M. Rinck and 
the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 
30, 2011). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of May 1, 2010, between Stephen J. Miron and the 
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 
2011). 

Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of November 1, 2011, between Mark J. Allin and the 
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 
2012). 

List of Subsidiaries of the Company 

Consent of KPMG LLP 

107 

 
31.1* 

31.2* 

32.1*  

32.2*  

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

101.INS 

XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

*    Filed herewith 

108 

 
 
 
SIGNATURES 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. 

(Company) 

Dated:  June 27, 2014 

By:

/s/ Stephen M. Smith 

Stephen M. Smith 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

Signatures 

/s/ Stephen M. Smith 

Stephen M. Smith 

  President and Chief Executive Officer  

June 27, 2014 

Titles 

Dated 

  Director 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 

  Executive Vice President and 

June 27, 2014 

John A. Kritzmacher 

  Chief Financial Officer 

  Senior Vice President, Controller and  

June 27, 2014 

  Chief Accounting Officer 

  Director 

June 27, 2014 

  Editor and Director 

June 27, 2014 

/s/ Edward J. Melando 

Edward J. Melando 

/s/ Peter Booth Wiley 

Peter Booth Wiley 

/s/ Jesse C. Wiley 

Jesse C. Wiley 

/s/ William J. Pesce 

William J. Pesce 

  Director 

/s/ William B. Plummer 

  Director 

William B. Plummer 

/s/ Kalpana Raina  

Kalpana Raina 

/s/ Mari J. Baker 

Mari J. Baker 

/s/ Mathew S. Kissner 

Mathew S. Kissner 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

/s/ Raymond McDaniel, Jr. 

  Director 

Raymond McDaniel, Jr. 

/s/ Eduardo R. Menascé 

Eduardo R. Menascé 

/s/ Linda Katehi 

Linda Katehi 

  Director 

  Director 

109 

June 27, 2014 

June 27, 2014 

June 27, 2014 

June 27, 2014 

June 27, 2014 

June 27, 2014 

June 27, 2014 

June 27, 2014 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUBSIDIARIES OF JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. (1) 
As of April 30, 2014 

Exhibit 21 

John Wiley & Sons International Rights, Inc. 
Deltak.edu, LLC 
Wiley Brasil Divulgacao De Materiais Didaticos LTDA 
Wiley Periodicals, Inc.  
Wiley Publishing Services, Inc. 
Wiley Subscription Services, Inc. 
Inscape Publishing LLC 
Profiles Talent Management Group, LLC 

Profiles International, LLC 

Wiley Publishing LLC 

Wiley India Private Ltd. 

WWL Corp. 

Wiley International, LLC 
John Wiley & Sons UK LLP 

John Wiley & Sons UK 2 LLP 

Wiley Japan KK 
Wiley Europe Investment Holdings, Ltd. 

Wiley U.K. (Unlimited Co.) 

Wiley Europe Ltd. 

John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. 

John Wiley & Sons Singapore Pte. Ltd.  

John Wiley & Sons Commercial Service (Beijing) Co., Ltd.  

J Wiley Ltd. 

     John Wiley & Sons GmbH 

Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA 

Wiley Heyden Ltd. 
Wiley Distribution Services Ltd. 
Blackwell Publishing (Holdings) Ltd. 
Blackwell Science Ltd. 

Blackwell Science (Overseas Holdings) 

John Wiley & Sons A/S 
Blackwell Verlag GmbH  
Wiley Publishing Japan KK 
Blackwell Publishing (HK) Ltd. 
Wiley Publishing Australia Pty Ltd.  

John Wiley and Sons Australia, Ltd. 
Wiley Publishing Asia Pty. Ltd 

John Wiley & Sons Canada Limited 
John Wiley & Sons (HK) Limited 

Jurisdiction 
In Which 
Incorporated 

Delaware 
Delaware 
Brazil 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Texas 
Texas 
Delaware 
India 
Delaware 
Delaware 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Japan 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Singapore 
China  
United Kingdom 
Germany 
Germany 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Denmark 
Germany 
Japan 
Hong Kong 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Canada 
Hong Kong 

(1)\ The names of other subsidiaries that would not constitute a significant subsidiary in the aggregate have been 
omitted. 

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Exhibit 23 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 33-62605 and 333-167697 on Form S-8 
of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  of  our  reports  dated  June  27,  2014,  with  respect  to  the  consolidated 
statements of financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. as of April 30, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated 
statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-
year  period  ended  April  30,  2014,  and  the  related  financial  statement  schedule,  and  the  effectiveness  of  internal 
control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2014, which reports appear in the April 30, 2014 annual report on Form 
10-K of John Wiley & Sons, Inc.   

/s/  KPMG LLP 

Short Hills, New Jersey 
June 27, 2014 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Stephen M. Smith, President and Chief Executive Officer of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify 
that: 

Exhibit 31.1 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of the Company; 

1. 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statements of a material fact or omit 
to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;  

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  annual 
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  Company’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have: 

a.  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the 
Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, 
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the 
end of the period covered by this report, based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that 
occurred during the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Company’s fourth quarter in the case of 
an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.  The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):  

a.  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over 
financial  reporting  that  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  ability  to  record, 
process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b.  any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 

significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

By: 

/s/ Stephen M. Smith 
Stephen M. Smith 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Dated: June 27, 2014 

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I,  John  A.  Kritzmacher,  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  (the 
“Company”), hereby certify that:  

Exhibit 31.2 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of the Company; 

1. 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statements of a material fact or omit 
to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;  

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  annual 
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  Company’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have: 

a.  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the 
Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, 
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the 
end of the period covered by this report, based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that 
occurred during the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Company’s fourth quarter in the case of 
an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.  The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):  

a.  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over 
financial  reporting  that  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  ability  to  record, 
process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b.  any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 

significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

By: 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 
John A. Kritzmacher 
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer 
Dated: June 27, 2014 

113 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection with the Annual Report of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended 
April 30, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Stephen M. 
Smith,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company,  certify,  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  §  1350,  as  adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge: 

(1)  the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934; and  

(2)  the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and   

results of operations of the Company. 

By: 

/s/ Stephen M. Smith 
Stephen M. Smith 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Dated:  June 27, 2014 

114 

 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.2 

In connection with the Annual Report of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended 
April  30,  2014  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  I,  John  A. 
Kritzmacher,  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  Company,  certify,  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  § 
1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge: 

(1)  the  Report  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 

1934; and  

(2)  the  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and 

results of operations of the Company. 

By: 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 
John A. Kritzmacher 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 
Dated:  June 27, 2014 

115